FILE NO 1-9945

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

 

WASHINGTON DC 20549

 


 

FORM 6-K

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN ISSUER

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the month of May 2005

 

National Australia Bank Limited

ACN 004 044 937

(Registrant’s Name)

 

Level 24

500 Bourke Street

MELBOURNE VICTORIA 3000

AUSTRALIA

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F ý

 

 

Form 40-F o

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes o

 

 

No ý

 

 

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82

 

This Report on Form 6-K shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-103443) of National Australia Bank Limited and to be part thereof from the date on which this Report is filed, to the extent not superseded by documents or reports subsequently filed or furnished.

 

 



 

 



 

National Australia Bank Limited

ABN 12 004 044 937

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Section 1 - Media Release

 

 

 

Section 2 - Financial Summary

1

Reporting Format

2

Divisional Performance Summary

4

Group Performance Summary

5

Summary of Financial Position

6

Group Key Performance Measures

7

 

 

Section 3 - Group Performance Overview

8

Overview

9

Group Performance

9

Banking Performance

10

Wealth Management Performance

10

Results excluding Irish Banks

11

Transition to Australian Equivalents of International Financial Reporting Standards

12

 

 

Section 4 - Group Profitability and Capital

17

Profitability

18

Net Operating Income

18

Net Interest Income

18

Net Life Insurance Income

20

Investment Earnings on Shareholders’ Retained Profits & Capital of Life Businesses

20

Other Operating Income

21

Operating Expenses

22

Asset Quality

23

Taxation

25

Significant Items

27

Balance Sheet & Capital

28

 

 

Section 5 - Divisional Performance Analysis

31

Total Australia

32

Australian Banking

32

Wealth Management Australia

36

Total UK

44

Total New Zealand

50

Institutional Markets & Services

53

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

56

 

 

Section 6 - Detailed Financial Information

58

1a. Performance Summary by Division

59

1b. Performance Summary for Total Banking

62

2.   Irish Banks

63

3.   Net Interest Income

66

4.   Net Interest Margins & Spreads

67

5.   Average Balance Sheet & Related Interest

69

6.   Gross Loans & Advances

74

7.   Deposits & Other Borrowings

77

8.   Net Life Insurance Income

79

9.   Revenue

80

10. Expenses

82

11. Full Time Equivalent Employees

84

12. Doubtful Debts

85

13. Asset Quality

86

14. Income Tax Reconciliation

88

15. Significant Items

90

16. Exchange Rates

91

17. Capital Adequacy

93

18. Reconciliation of Number of Shares

96

19. Cash Earnings per Share

97

20. Geographic Performance Summary

98

21. Risk Management

99

Non-GAAP financial measures

101

Alphabetical Index

103

 



 

Financial Highlights

 

Cash Earnings

 

Cash earnings before significant items fell 12.5 per cent to $1.62 billion compared with the March 2004 half year but were slightly higher (up 0.4 per cent) compared with the September 2004 half year.

 

Net Profit

 

Net profit before significant items fell 11.1 per cent to $1.87 billion compared with the March 2004 half year.

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company and after significant items increased by 17.0 per cent to $2.54 billion compared with the March 2004 half year primarily due to the profit on the sale of the Irish Banks.

 

Dividend

 

The interim dividend has been maintained at 83 cents and will be 80 per cent franked.

 

Diluted Cash Earnings Per Share (Before significant items)

 

103 cents compared with 121.0 cents in the March 2004 half year.

 

Cost to Income Ratio (Banking)

 

57.4 per cent compared with 50.8 per cent in the March 2004 half year.

 

Net Interest Margin

 

2.19 per cent compared with 2.40 per cent in the March 2004 half year.

 

Total Capital Ratio

 

11.37 per cent compared with 9.30 per cent at 31 March 2004.

 

Return On Average Equity (Before significant items)

 

14.0 per cent compared with 18.8 per cent in the March 2004 half year.

 

Return On Average Assets (Before significant items)

 

0.76 per cent compared with 0.96 per cent in the March 2004 half year.

 



 

 

 

Group Corporate Affairs

National Australia
Bank Limited
ABN 12004044937

 

 

 

ASX Announcement

 

500 Bourke Street
Melbourne
Victoria 3000
Australia

 

Melbourne, Wednesday 11 May 2005

 

National Australia Bank Stabilising Business Performance

 

The National’s Chief Executive John Stewart said the March 2005 half year results show that earnings from our banking businesses are stabilising.

 

“We have made good progress,” Mr Stewart said. “We have done what we said we would do.  We have made an acceptable start but there is a lot more work to do over the next two to three years.

 

Cash earnings before significant items of $1.62 billion were 12.5 per cent lower than the previous March half year but showed a small increase on the September 2004 half year.

 

The interim dividend has been maintained at 83 cents and will be 80% franked.

 

Mr Stewart said the first half results are consistent with the guidance provided to the market.

 

“Earnings have bottomed, our market shares in important Australian market segments such as housing and business lending are stabilising, our cost base is still too high but expense growth has been carefully managed and asset quality remains sound,” he said.

 

“This has been achieved through rigorous management of project and discretionary expenses, a move back to more normal risk settings and the first steps to remove unnecessary processes and bureaucracy.

 

“These results demonstrate the strength of the National franchise, rebuilding of management and the commitment of our people.

 

Mr Stewart said the first half had not been all smooth sailing: “The Northern Bank robbery and the South Korea litigation were large once-off costs in the March 2005 half year.

 

“Despite these issues there has been steady progress.  We have moved to a regional business model, re-opened the foreign currency options trading desk and sold the Irish Banks at an attractive profit.

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company and after significant items was 17 per cent higher than the March 2004 half year primarily due to the profit on the sale of the Irish Banks.

 



 

Net significant items of $821 million in the March 2005 half year included:

 

      $1,073 million net profit on the sale of Northern and National Irish Banks;

 

      First half restructuring costs of $282 million after tax ($403 million pre-tax), the majority of which relate to the United Kingdom but including some initial restructuring in Australia and the repositioning of the Institutional business.

 

Mr Stewart said the National has completed the first year of a two to three year turnaround: “Over the next six months, we aim to move from the stabilising phase and into the rebuilding phase.

 

“The process of rebuilding the National will be challenging but we will be open and honest and take a balanced approach to staff, customers, community and shareholders.

 

“Our ongoing efforts to improve shareholder returns will concentrate on the four areas we identified last year.

 

“These are:

 

      Cultural change,

      Compliance & risk,

      Business efficiency, and

      Restoring revenue growth.

 

“A detailed announcement covering initiatives in each of these areas and our investment, restructuring costs and associated benefits has been released separately today.”

 

Divisional Commentary

 

Australia

 

Cash earnings before significant items of $1.15 billion were 6.5 per cent lower than the March 2004 half year but increased by 5.1 per cent compared with the September 2004 half year.

 

Cash earnings before significant items were $951 million for Australian Banking and $194 million for Wealth Management Australia.

 

Australian Banking cash earnings before significant items decreased by 9.7 per cent compared with the March 2004 half year but improved slightly compared with the September 2004 half year.

 

The improvement over the September half year reflected growth in business and housing lending as well as retail deposits.  The improving performance compared with the September 2004 half year was partially offset by a lower net interest margin, higher wholesale funding costs and higher operating expenses.

 

The charge to provide for doubtful debts increased by $26 million to $130 million compared with the March 2004 half year.  This resulted from solid growth in business lending, which triggers a need for a higher level of statistical provisioning.

 



 

Market share in the key segments of business and housing lending stabilised.

 

The Australian Banking cost to income ratio was 49.8 per cent compared with 50.4 per cent in the September 2004 half year.

 

Wealth Management Australia’s cash earnings before significant items (before prior period adjustments) increased by 7.2 per cent compared with the March 2004 half and by 2.6 per cent on the September 2004 half year.

 

The stronger performance was due to improved returns on retained earnings and capital which was partly offset by reduced profits from insurance and increased regulatory and compliance costs.

 

During the half year a new Australian leadership team was appointed and the Australian Banking and Wealth Management businesses were re-aligned to create a single regional business centred on customers, products and services.

 

In the March 2005 half year a restructuring provision of $121 million (pre-tax) was booked.  This related to 1,036 redundancies and other costs incurred in restructuring and integrating the retail banking, corporate banking and wealth management businesses in Australia.

 

Further restructure costs will be booked in the second half in Australia as the business efficiency program continues.  Details are included in a separate announcement released today.

 

United Kingdom (In Local Currency, Ongoing Operations only)

 

Excluding the contribution from the Irish Banks and other businesses that have now been sold, cash earnings before significant items of £106 million (A$259 million) were 10.2 per cent lower compared with the March 2004 half year but improved by 12.8 per cent compared with the September 2004 half year.

 

Performance during the half reflected an improvement in income and a lower charge to provide for doubtful debts as well as increased lending volumes compared with the September half.  This was partially offset by flat net interest income due to margin contraction following the move to provide customers with more competitive lending and deposit products.

 

The cost to income ratio was 63.8 per cent compared with 60.7 per cent in the previous March half but down from 65.1 per cent in the September 2004 half year.

 

In the UK the National has already announced a restructuring provision of £109 million (A$266 million pre-tax).  The main initiatives that will be covered by the provision are the reduction of approximately 1700 jobs in the next 12 to 18 months and the re-alignment of the distribution network to better meet customer needs.

 

Details of the new distribution strategy are outlined in a separate announcement today.  No additional provisioning or reductions in employee numbers are expected in the United Kingdom in the second half.

 

The announcement and restructure presentation for the United Kingdom was released on March 30 this year and is available on the Group’s website www.nabgroup.com.

 



 

New Zealand

 

Cash earnings before significant items were steady compared with the March 2004 half year but increased by 14 per cent to A$163 million compared with the September half year due to solid volume growth partially offset by margin contraction due to competitive pressures.

 

Since March 31, 2004 mortgages have increased 19.2%.  This growth was achieved through campaigns such as the “unbeatable” home loan program involving fixed rate lending.

 

The charge to provide for doubtful debts decreased by A$1 million to $12 million compared with the March 2004 half year.

 

The cost to income ratio increased to 57.3 per cent in the March 2005 half year, from 53.1 per cent in the March 2004 half year.  However, the cost to income ratio remained lower than the 59.3 per cent in the September 2004 half year.

 

Restructuring costs booked for the March half year in New Zealand were not material (A$1 million).  Further restructuring initiatives are currently being finalised and provisions will be booked in the second half of the 2005 year.

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

Cash earnings before significant items were $308 million, which was down 9.7 per cent on the March 2004 half year but represented a strong recovery from the low of the September 2004 half year that was dominated by the impact of the foreign currency options trading incident.

 

While considerable effort continued to be focussed on the remedial actions program and the improved control framework, management has also been able to improve fee income with strong sales of tailored products to the business market segment, significant corporate sales activity and improved trading opportunities.

 

Return on average assets was 0.37 per cent which was down from 0.42 per cent in the previous March half year but recovered from 0.27 per cent in the September 2004 half year.

 

Institutional Markets & Services (IMS) has reviewed its operating model and will move to a more efficient, higher equity return business model.  Key initiatives include:

 

                  rationalisation of its activities in Asia;

                  release of capital currently invested in assets generating low returns; and

                  focus on growth in sustainable income streams.

 

Details of the proposed restructuring for the second half have been covered in a separate announcement today.

 



 

Outlook

 

Mr Stewart said growth across all the National’s key markets is expected to slow, with the result that growth in credit is also likely to be moderately lower.

 

“In Australia, the domestic economy is likely to slow in 2006.  Slower growth in consumer spending and lower housing activity is likely to see housing credit slowing slightly from current growth rates.  Business credit, while still strong, is expected to also moderate over the next year.  As a result, total Australian credit could decline marginally.

 

“In New Zealand, a slowdown in growth is also likely from the very high growth rates reported in 2004.  On the other hand, United Kingdom activity is likely to be only a little weaker.

 

“Overall system credit growth in our core markets is expected to be around 10% in the current year compared to around 12% last year.

 

“While inflation in Australia, New Zealand and the United Kingdom is likely to increase by a small amount in the next six months, the prospects of slower growth is likely to see official interest rates in those regions broadly on hold during 2005.

 

“Slowing growth domestically and internationally will make the task of rebuilding the National’s business performance more challenging.

 

“We expect acceptable earnings growth in the second half of 2005 consistent with where we are in the recovery process.  Further details will be provided at the full year profit announcement.

 

“Assuming there are no external shocks or further changes to regulatory capital, the Board would expect to pay a second half dividend of 83 cents franked to 80 per cent,” he said.

 

For further information:

 

Brandon Phillips

 

Samantha Evans

Group Corporate Affairs

 

Group Corporate Affairs

03 8641 3857 work

 

03 8641 4982 work

0419 369 058 mobile

 

0404 883 509 mobile

 

 

 

Callum Davidson

 

Hany Messieh

Group Investor Relations

 

Group Investor Relations

03 8641 4964 work

 

03 8641 2312 work

0411 117 984 mobile

 

0414 446 876 mobile

 

Or visit www.nabgroup.com

 

Disclaimer

 

This announcement contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the US Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  The words “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “project”, “estimate”, “likely”, “intend”, “should”, “could”, “may”, “target”, “plan” and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  Indications of, and guidance on, future earnings and financial position and performance are also forward-looking statements.  Such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond the control of the Group, that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements.  There can be no assurance that actual outcomes will not differ materially from these statements.  For further information relating to the identification of forward-looking statements and important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in such statements, see “Presentation of Information - Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in the Group’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the US Securities & Exchange Commission.

 



 

SECTION 2

 

 

RESULTS FOR THE HALF YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2005

 

 

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

 

1



 

REPORTING FORMAT

 

Reporting Structure

 

During 2005 the Group re-structured its business operating model to management along regional lines. To assist with the interpretation of the Group’s results, earnings are reported under the following structure, reflecting the new business operating model and has been revised from the reporting structure used in the prior year:

 

                  Total Australia – comprises Australian Banking and Wealth Management Australia;

 

                  Total UK – comprises UK Banking and Wealth Management UK;

 

                  Total NZ – comprises New Zealand Banking and Wealth Management New Zealand; and

 

                  Institutional Markets & Services (globally).

 

To further assist with the interpretation of the Group’s results, information is also presented on the following basis, which isolates the Wealth Management components of the business from the Banking operations. This is consistent with the prior year:

 

                  Total Banking comprises:

                  Australian Banking;

                  UK Banking;

                  NZ Banking;

                  Institutional Markets & Services (globally); and

                  Other (Group Funding and Corporate Centre).

 

                  Wealth Management comprises:

                  Wealth Management Australia (including Asia);

                  Wealth Management UK; and

                  Wealth Management New Zealand.

 

Prior Period Comparatives

 

During the year the Group introduced a common chart of general ledger accounts across its business operations and subsidiaries globally. In preparation for the introduction of this global chart of accounts, an extensive and detailed Group-wide review of general ledger account classifications was undertaken. As a result changes have been made to the classification between certain categories in the Group balance sheet to more appropriately reflect the nature of specific products, as follows:

 

                  transfer of certain exposures from On-Demand & Short-Term Deposits to Due to Other Financial Institutions and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase totalling $3,357 million at 30 September 2004;

 

                  transfer of certain exposures from Due to Other Financial Institutions to On-Demand & Short-Term Deposits totalling $939 million at 30 September 2004;

 

                  transfer of certain loans from Overdrafts to Term Lending totalling $5,346 million at 30 September 2004; and

 

                  transfer of certain loans from Overdrafts to Market Rate Advances totalling $450 million at 30 September 2004.

 

The nature of these reclassifications have been fully disclosed in the release to ASX dated 20 April 2005. Please refer to the National’s website at www.nabgroup.com for a copy of this announcement.

 

Cash Earnings

 

Cash earnings is a key performance measure and financial target used by the Group. Dividends paid by the Group are based on after-tax cash earnings (excluding significant items). Cash earnings is a key performance measure used by the investment community, as well as by those Australian peers of the Group with a similar business portfolio. Refer to the Non-GAAP financial measures’ section on page 101 for an explanation and page 4 for a reconciliation of cash earnings to net profit.

 

2



 

Diluted Cash Earnings per Share

 

Management use growth in diluted cash earnings per share (EPS) as a key indicator of performance as this takes full account of the impact of the exchangeable capital units (ExCaps) and provides a consistent basis for period on period comparison moving forward.

 

Under the terms of the ExCaps the National has the option to require the exchange of all, but not part, of the ExCaps at any time for 7 7/8% convertible non-cumulative preference shares of the National. Holders of the ExCaps or the convertible non-cumulative preference shares have the option to exchange their holding for ordinary shares of the National (or at the National’s option, cash) at a specified date and the National also has the right to redeem, all or part of the convertible non-cumulative preference shares, under a special offer at any time after 19 March, 2007, with the prior consent of APRA.

 

A reconciliation of the calculation of diluted cash earnings per share appears in note 19.

 

3



 

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

1a

 

951

 

940

 

1,053

 

1.2

 

(9.7

)

Wealth Management Australia (2) (3)

 

1a

 

194

 

149

 

171

 

30.2

 

13.5

 

Total Australia

 

 

 

1,145

 

1,089

 

1,224

 

5.1

 

(6.5

)

UK Banking

 

1a

 

266

 

284

 

310

 

(6.3

)

(14.2

)

Wealth Management UK

 

1a

 

31

 

3

 

14

 

large

 

large

 

Total UK

 

 

 

297

 

287

 

324

 

3.5

 

(8.3

)

New Zealand Banking

 

1a

 

159

 

137

 

159

 

16.1

 

 

Wealth Management New Zealand

 

1a

 

4

 

6

 

5

 

(33.3

)

(20.0

)

Total New Zealand

 

 

 

163

 

143

 

164

 

14.0

 

(0.6

)

Institutional Markets & Services (3)

 

1a

 

308

 

217

 

341

 

41.9

 

(9.7

)

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

1a

 

(200

)

(32

)

(109

)

large

 

(83.5

)

Cash earnings before significant items and distributions

 

 

 

1,713

 

1,704

 

1,944

 

0.5

 

(11.9

)

Distributions

 

 

 

(95

)

(93

)

(94

)

(2.2

)

(1.1

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

1,618

 

1,611

 

1,850

 

0.4

 

(12.5

)

Weighted av no. of ordinary shares (million)

 

19

 

1,555

 

1,525

 

1,505

 

(2.1

)

(3.3

)

Cash earnings per share before significant items (cents)

 

19

 

104.0

 

105.6

 

122.9

 

(1.4

)

(15.3

)

Diluted cash earnings per share before significant items (cents)

 

19

 

103.0

 

104.8

 

121.0

 

(1.7

)

(14.9

)

Reconciliation to net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

1,618

 

1,611

 

1,850

 

0.4

 

(12.5

)

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant items after tax

 

15

 

821

 

(511

)

127

 

large

 

large

 

Cash earnings after significant items

 

 

 

2,439

 

1,100

 

1,977

 

large

 

23.3

 

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

 

154

 

311

 

63

 

50.5

 

large

 

Distributions

 

 

 

95

 

93

 

94

 

(2.2

)

(1.1

)

Wealth Management revaluation profit/(loss) after tax

 

 

 

51

 

(132

)

148

 

large

 

(65.5

)

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

(50

)

(50

)

(53

)

 

5.7

 

Net profit

 

 

 

2,689

 

1,322

 

2,229

 

large

 

20.7

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

 

(154

)

(311

)

(63

)

50.5

 

large

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

2,535

 

1,011

 

2,166

 

large

 

17.0

 

Distributions

 

 

 

(95

)

(93

)

(94

)

(2.2

)

(1.1

)

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

2,440

 

918

 

2,072

 

large

 

17.8

 

 


(1)            Cash earnings is a performance measure used by the management of the Group. Refer to ‘Non-GAAP financial measures’ on page 101 for a complete discussion of cash earnings.

 

(2)            Wealth Management Australia division includes Asian operations.

 

(3)            Cash earnings after outside equity interest.

 

4



 

GROUP PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3

 

3,549

 

3,603

 

3,581

 

(1.5

)

(0.9

)

Other operating income (1) (2)

 

9

 

2,029

 

1,967

 

2,057

 

3.2

 

(1.4

)

Banking net operating income (1)

 

 

 

5,578

 

5,570

 

5,638

 

0.1

 

(1.1

)

Wealth Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3

 

4

 

3

 

4

 

33.3

 

 

Net life insurance income ex IORE (3)

 

8

 

495

 

523

 

396

 

(5.4

)

25.0

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits & capital from life businesses (IORE)

 

8

 

63

 

34

 

59

 

85.3

 

6.8

 

Other operating income (2)

 

9

 

461

 

408

 

399

 

13.0

 

15.5

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

6,601

 

6,538

 

6,496

 

1.0

 

1.6

 

Banking operating expenses (1)

 

10

 

(3,165

)

(3,147

)

(2,831

)

(0.6

)

(11.8

)

Wealth Management operating expenses (4)

 

10

 

(411

)

(429

)

(405

)

4.2

 

(1.5

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

12

 

(281

)

(254

)

(305

)

(10.6

)

7.9

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

2,744

 

2,708

 

2,955

 

1.3

 

(7.1

)

Banking income tax expense (1)

 

14

 

(648

)

(619

)

(743

)

(4.7

)

12.8

 

Wealth Management income tax expense

 

14

 

(229

)

(74

)

(205

)

large

 

(11.7

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

 

 

1,867

 

2,015

 

2,007

 

(7.3

)

(7.0

)

Wealth Management revaluation profit/(loss) after tax

 

1a

 

51

 

(132

)

148

 

large

 

(65.5

)

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

(50

)

(50

)

(53

)

 

5.7

 

Net profit before significant items

 

 

 

1,868

 

1,833

 

2,102

 

1.9

 

(11.1

)

Significant items after tax

 

15

 

821

 

(511

)

127

 

large

 

large

 

Net profit

 

 

 

2,689

 

1,322

 

2,229

 

large

 

20.6

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management

 

 

 

(154

)

(307

)

(58

)

49.8

 

large

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

 

 

 

(4

)

(5

)

large

 

large

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

2,535

 

1,011

 

2,166

 

large

 

17.0

 

Distributions

 

 

 

(95

)

(93

)

(94

)

(2.2

)

(1.1

)

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

2,440

 

918

 

2,072

 

large

 

17.8

 

 


(1)            Banking refers to Total Banking adjusted for eliminations. Refer to note 1a for further details.

 

(2)            Other operating income excludes net interest income, net life insurance income ex IORE, investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses (IORE) and revaluation profit/(loss).

 

(3)            Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses (IORE)).

 

(4)            Operating expenses excludes life insurance expenses incorporated within net life insurance income.

 

Refer to Note 1a Performance Summary by Division for a reconciliation of the Divisional results to the Group Performance Summary set out above. Note 1a also provides a reconciliation of Total Banking and Total Wealth Management results as set out above.

 

5



 

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

31 Mar 05  (1)

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

 

 

6,929

 

8,080

 

11,641

 

(14.2

)

(40.5

)

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

18,520

 

23,494

 

20,200

 

(21.2

)

(8.3

)

Due from customers on acceptances

 

 

 

21,567

 

16,344

 

14,988

 

32.0

 

43.9

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

19,771

 

24,248

 

25,691

 

(18.5

)

(23.0

)

Trading derivatives

 

 

 

17,122

 

17,939

 

24,352

 

(4.6

)

(29.7

)

Available for sale securities

 

 

 

3,474

 

4,610

 

2,794

 

(24.6

)

24.3

 

Investment securities

 

 

 

8,666

 

11,513

 

7,099

 

(24.7

)

22.1

 

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

 

 

43,917

 

41,013

 

37,982

 

7.1

 

15.6

 

Loans and advances

 

 

 

246,756

 

247,836

 

233,987

 

(0.4

)

5.5

 

Shares in entities and other securities

 

 

 

146

 

158

 

867

 

(7.6

)

(83.2

)

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

121

 

177

 

436

 

(31.6

)

(72.2

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

2,019

 

2,257

 

2,483

 

(10.5

)

(18.7

)

Income tax assets

 

 

 

1,460

 

1,367

 

1,248

 

6.8

 

17.0

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

571

 

632

 

682

 

(9.7

)

(16.3

)

Other assets

 

 

 

11,623

 

11,641

 

11,130

 

(0.2

)

4.4

 

Total assets

 

 

 

402,662

 

411,309

 

395,580

 

(2.1

)

1.8

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions (2)

 

 

 

35,020

 

43,768

 

45,213

 

(20.0

)

(22.5

)

Liability on acceptances

 

 

 

21,567

 

16,344

 

14,988

 

32.0

 

43.9

 

Trading derivatives

 

 

 

14,911

 

16,150

 

21,046

 

(7.7

)

(29.2

)

Deposits and other borrowings (2)

 

7

 

205,866

 

219,028

 

209,379

 

(6.0

)

(1.7

)

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

 

38,494

 

36,134

 

34,059

 

6.5

 

13.0

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

 

1,243

 

1,178

 

1,238

 

5.5

 

0.4

 

Provisions

 

 

 

1,494

 

1,129

 

1,143

 

32.3

 

30.7

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

 

 

36,536

 

32,573

 

25,204

 

12.2

 

45.0

 

Other debt issues

 

 

 

1,586

 

1,612

 

1,693

 

(1.6

)

(6.3

)

Other liabilities

 

 

 

13,944

 

13,627

 

13,707

 

2.3

 

1.7

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

370,661

 

381,543

 

367,670

 

(2.9

)

0.8

 

Net assets

 

 

 

32,001

 

29,766

 

27,910

 

7.5

 

14.7

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares

 

 

 

7,388

 

7,271

 

6,029

 

1.6

 

22.5

 

National Income Securities

 

 

 

1,945

 

1,945

 

1,945

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

 

 

975

 

975

 

975

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities II

 

 

 

1,014

 

 

 

large

 

large

 

Contributed equity

 

17

 

11,322

 

10,191

 

8,949

 

11.1

 

26.5

 

Reserves (3)

 

17

 

802

 

1,194

 

784

 

(32.8

)

2.3

 

Retained profits (3)

 

17

 

15,770

 

14,515

 

14,619

 

8.6

 

7.9

 

Total equity (parent entity interest)

 

 

 

27,894

 

25,900

 

24,352

 

7.7

 

14.5

 

Outside equity interest in controlled entities

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management

 

 

 

4,107

 

3,866

 

3,385

 

6.2

 

21.3

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

 

 

 

 

173

 

 

large

 

Total equity

 

 

 

32,001

 

29,766

 

27,910

 

7.5

 

14.7

 

 


(1)            Northern Bank and National Irish Bank were disposed on 28 February 2005.

 

(2)            A net change has been made to the classification of certain exposures from Deposits and Other Borrowings to Due to Other Financial Institutions. Comparative information has been reclassified at 30 September 2004 and 31 March 2004 of $1,724 million and $1,245 million respectively.

 

(3)            At 30 September 2004 an amount of $840 million was reclassified from Reserves to Retained Profits, leaving Total Equity unchanged. Refer to ASX Announcement dated 10 December 2004.

 

6



 

GROUP KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Note

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic cash earnings per ordinary share before significant items  (1)

 

19

 

104.0

 

105.6

 

122.9

 

Diluted cash earnings per share before significant items (1)

 

19

 

103.0

 

104.8

 

121.0

 

Basic cash earnings per ordinary share after significant items (1)

 

 

 

156.8

 

71.7

 

131.4

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share before significant items

 

 

 

104.1

 

93.5

 

129.2

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share after significant items

 

 

 

156.9

 

60.2

 

137.7

 

Weighted average ordinary shares (no. million)

 

19

 

1,555

 

1,525

 

1,505

 

Weighted average diluted shares (no. million)

 

19

 

1,622

 

1,592

 

1,575

 

Dividends per share (cents)

 

 

 

83

 

83

 

83

 

Performance (after non-cash items) (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity before significant items

 

 

 

14.0

%

12.9

%

18.8

%

Return on average equity after significant items

 

 

 

21.1

%

8.3

%

20.0

%

Return on average assets before significant items

 

 

 

0.76

%

0.70

%

0.96

%

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

4

 

1.74

%

1.92

%

1.95

%

Net interest margin

 

4

 

2.19

%

2.29

%

2.40

%

Profitability (before significant items)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE ($’000)

 

 

 

76

 

74

 

86

 

Banking cost to income ratio (3)

 

1b

 

57.4

%

57.1

%

50.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 ratio

 

17

 

8.30

%

7.34

%

7.43

%

Tier 2 ratio

 

17

 

4.12

%

4.26

%

2.92

%

Deductions

 

17

 

(1.05

)%

(1.02

)%

(1.05

)%

Total capital ratio

 

17

 

11.37

%

10.58

%

9.30

%

Adjusted common equity ratio

 

17

 

5.84

%

5.30

%

5.33

%

Assets ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

 

 

273

 

269

 

253

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

17

 

279

 

287

 

278

 

Off-balance sheet assets ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funds under management and administration

 

 

 

85

 

81

 

77

 

Assets under custody and administration

 

 

 

372

 

432

 

397

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

13

 

0.41

%

0.46

%

0.57

%

Net impaired assets to total equity (parent entity interest)

 

13

 

2.7

%

3.5

%

4.1

%

General provision to risk-weighted assets

 

13

 

0.73

%

0.74

%

0.64

%

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

13

 

34.9

%

32.3

%

33.5

%

General and specific provisions to gross impaired assets

 

13

 

216.8

%

198.1

%

157.8

%

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees ( no.)

 

11

 

39,961

 

43,517

 

43,282

 

 


(1)            Cash earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders excludes revaluation profits/(losses) after tax and goodwill amortisation.

 

(2)            Includes non-cash items, ie. revaluation profits/(losses) after tax and goodwill amortisation.

 

(3)            Total Banking cost to income ratio is before eliminations (refer note 1a). Costs include total expenses excluding significant items, goodwill amortisation, the charge to provide for doubtful debts and interest expense. Income includes total revenue excluding significant items and net of interest expense. Refer to ‘Non-GAAP financial measures’ for a complete discussion of the cost to income ratio on page 102.

 

7



 

SECTION 3

 

 

RESULTS FOR THE HALF YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2005

 

 

GROUP PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW

 

8



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Overview

 

OVERVIEW

 

Group performance

 

Movement on September 2004 half

 

For the National, activity in the March 2005 half has focused on making the operational changes required to start stabilising the Group’s performance. The process of stabilisation, and putting in place sustainable performance improvements, will continue through the second half and beyond.

 

The Group’s results during the March 2005 half reflect this environment. Cash earnings before significant items were $1,618 million. The result was largely unchanged compared to the September 2004 half (but increased 1.7% at constant exchange rates). This is consistent with the guidance provided to the market in November 2004, when the Group indicated that it expected its earnings decline to bottom in the first half.

 

The performance was impacted by a range of factors:

 

                  the earnings decline in the Group’s banking businesses has been arrested;

 

                  a steady result for Wealth Management in Australia and improving results for the UK, after adjusting for one-off factors in both the September and March halves; and

 

                  two one-off costs incurred in relation to South Korea litigation and the Northern Bank robbery.

 

Further details are discussed below.

 

As a result, reflecting additional shares issued through the dividend re-investment program, diluted cash earnings per share before significant items decreased 1.8 cents (1.7%) from 104.8 cents to 103.0 cents.

 

Diluted cash earnings per share before significant items (cents)

 

 


* Other includes Group Funding & Corporate Centre, which includes the cost of the Northern Bank robbery and the legal action in South Korea and the impact of movement in the weighted-average number of shares.

 

Cash earnings after significant items increased from $1,100 million in the September 2004 half to $2,439 million in the March 2005 half. The prior half included an after-tax significant items loss of $(511) million, compared to an after-tax significant items profit of $821 million in the March 2005 half. The March 2005 half significant items consisted of:

 

                  net profit on the sale of Northern and National Irish Banks after all disposal costs including taxation of $1,073 million;

 

                  restructuring costs of $(282) million (after-tax);

 

                  reversal of provision in relation to foreign currency options trading loss of $24 million (after-tax); and

 

                  reversal of 2002 restructuring provisions of $6 million (after-tax).

 

After including significant items, net profit attributable to members of the Company increased from $1,011 million in the September 2004 half to $2,535 million in the March 2005 half year. This included a $51 million Wealth Management revaluation profit after tax compared with a loss of $132 million in the prior half.

 

The interim dividend has been maintained at 83 cents per share and will be 80% franked.

 

9



 

Movement on March 2004 half

 

Cash earnings before significant items of $1,618 million decreased 12.5% on the March 2004 half year result of $1,850 million.

 

Total Banking cash earnings were 15.4% lower, while Wealth Management experienced growth of 20.5% on the March 2004 half. The major performance declines relative to the prior comparative period were in Australian Banking, UK Banking and Institutional Markets & Services.

 

Cash earnings after significant items of $2,439 million for the half were 23.3% higher than the March 2004 half year. The March 2005 half included favourable significant items of $821 million, compared with the March 2004 half of $127 million.

 

Banking performance

 

Total Banking excludes the Wealth Management operations across all regions, and includes the results for Group Funding and the Corporate Centre.

 

Banking operations generated cash earnings of $1,484 million, a decrease of 4.0% on the September 2004 half, or 3.4% at constant exchange rates. Adjusting for the impact of large one-off events in relation to the legal action in South Korea and the Northern Bank robbery, Banking cash earnings increased on the September 2004 half.

 

The result is impacted by:

 

                  flat income, with declining income in UK Banking being offset by moderate growth in income for Australian and New Zealand Banking and the impact of favourable market conditions on Institutional Markets & Services income;

 

                  a 2.5% decline in underlying expenses (excluding the impact of the items mentioned above); and

 

                  a 10.6% increase in the charge to provide for doubtful debts due to a volume-related increase in the general provision.

 

Banking cash earnings decreased 15.4% on the March 2004 half. At constant exchange rates cash earnings decreased 16.4%. This outcome reflects a large increase in expenses and a moderate decline in income compared to the March 2004 half.

 

Wealth Management performance

 

Wealth Management reported cash earnings of $229 million, increasing $71 million on the September 2004 half year of $158 million. The overall result was impacted by an insurance recovery of $19 million (after-tax) and by the receipt of a retrospective profit share payment of $17 million (after-tax). This compares to the negative impact of prior year adjustments of $(40) million in the September 2004 half. Improved equity market performance contributed to higher earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital.

 

In Australia (including Asia), the Investments business experienced a solid result, with average funds under management and administration growing $5.5 billion, or 7.6%, over the half year, positively impacting fee revenue. The Insurance business results declined as the favourable claims experience of 2004 returned to expected levels.

 

10



 

Results excluding Irish Banks

 

On 28 February 2005 the sale of Northern Bank and National Irish Bank (the ‘Irish Banks’) to Danske Bank A/S was completed on terms consistent with the original sale announcement on 14 December 2004. This generated a net profit on sale after all disposal costs including taxation of $1,073 million. Adjustments have been made to set out what the March 2005 half results would have been had the Irish Banks been sold on 30 September 2004 as follows:

 

                  exclusion of net profit on sale;

                  exclusion of the Irish Banks’ reported profits for the five months up to the sale date of 28 February 2005;

                  inclusion of certain fixed UK head office expenses that can no longer be recharged to the Irish Banks and income recharges to be received by the UK for transitional services provided to the Irish Banks; and

                  inclusion of the funding benefit from the sale proceeds of $2,514 million calculated at an average rate of 5% per annum.

 

Refer to Significant Items on page 27 for further details.

 

The following table sets out a proforma Group cash earnings result excluding the Irish Banks for the March 2005 half.

 

 

 

 

 

Adjust for

 

 

 

 

 

Group
reported
results
(6 mths)

 

Net profit
on sale of
Irish
Banks

 

Irish
Banks
profit
(5 mths)

 

Income &
expense
charges
(6 mths)

 

Funding
benefit
(6 mths)

 

Ongoing
results
(6 mths)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

3,553

 

 

(197

)

 

63

 

3,419

 

Net life insurance income

 

495

 

 

 

 

 

495

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits & capital from life bus.

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

Other operating income

 

2,490

 

 

(82

)

27

 

 

2,435

 

Net operating income

 

6,601

 

 

(279

)

27

 

63

 

6,412

 

Operating expenses

 

(3,576

)

 

203

 

(61

)

 

(3,434

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(281

)

 

6

 

 

 

(275

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

2,744

 

 

(70

)

(34

)

63

 

2,703

 

Income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income & IORE

 

(192

)

 

 

 

 

 

(192

)

Other

 

(685

)

 

22

 

10

 

(19

)

(672

)

Cash earnings before significant items, outside equity interest & distributions

 

1,867

 

 

(48

)

(24

)

44

 

1,839

 

Significant items after tax

 

821

 

(1,073

)

 

 

 

(252

)

Net profit – outside equity interest

 

(154

)

 

 

 

 

(154

)

Distributions

 

(95

)

 

 

 

 

(95

)

Cash earnings after significant items

 

2,439

 

(1,073

)

(48

)

(24

)

44

 

1,338

 

 

11



 

Transition to Australian Equivalents of International Financial Reporting Standards

 

In July 2002, the Financial Reporting Council in Australia formally announced that Australian reporting entities would be required to comply with Australian accounting standards equivalent to International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS) and other pronouncements set by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) for financial years commencing on or after 1 January 2005.

 

The Group will be required to adopt these standards for the financial year commencing 1 October 2005 and they will be first reflected in the Group’s financial statements for the half year ending 31 March 2006. Comparative financial information prepared in compliance with AIFRS will be required for the year commencing 1 October 2004. Comparative information is not required for AASB 132 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation” (AASB 132), AASB 139 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” (AASB 139) and AASB 4 “Insurance Contracts” (AASB 4).

 

A program board is monitoring the Group’s AIFRS implementation. Dedicated work streams are responsible for evaluating the impact of specific accounting changes and how the necessary changes will be made. The program is well progressed through these phases and is achieving scheduled plan milestones. There are several future changes expected to AIFRS that the Group will need to address, including Phase II of the IASB’s insurance project and proposed further amendments to IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”. The Group continues to monitor these and other developments, including emerging industry interpretations and practice.

 

AIFRS frequently require application of fair value measurement techniques. This will potentially introduce greater volatility to the Group’s reported financial performance. The adoption of these standards is expected to have a material effect on the Group’s reported financial performance and financial position; however, the underlying economics of the business will not change.

 

On the date of transition to AIFRS, the Group will effect two types of changes:

 

                  those concerning recognition and measurement of items in the financial statements; and

                  those concerning presentation and disclosure of items in the financial statements.

 

Any recognition and measurement adjustments that arise as a result of the transition process will be recognised in either retained earnings or an appropriate equity reserve at the date of transition. They will affect reported profit or equity for periods after that date.

 

The transitional process to AIFRS must comply with the requirements of AASB 1 “First Time Adoption of Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards” (AASB 1). Upon transition to AIFRS, a number of the Group’s accounting policies will be altered. Based on AIFRS as currently issued, the areas of most significant impact and the known estimable transitional differences from application of AIFRS are summarised below. The transitional adjustments identified are based on the work-in-progress of the AIFRS work streams and are best estimates as at reporting date. The information provided in this note is focused upon material items; it does not represent a complete list of expected adjustments.

 

The transitional adjustments provided in this note are based upon known interpretations of AIFRS at this time. The actual effects of transition to AIFRS may differ from the estimates disclosed due to ongoing work being undertaken by the Group or potential amendments to AIFRS or interpretive guidance. Whilst some individual comments address tax issues, all estimates presented are on a pre-tax basis. It should be noted therefore that the net impact of some of the AIFRS adjustments will be lessened following adjustments for tax effect accounting. Further, the ongoing impact of some adjustments (for example, pension deficit liability) will be lessened as a consequence of the sale of the Irish banks on 28 February 2005.

 

(a) Post-employment benefits

 

AIFRS requires defined benefit pension and superannuation plan surpluses and deficits to be recognised on the balance sheet. Consequently, a transitional adjustment is required to recognise defined benefit pension surpluses and deficits on balance sheet with a corresponding entry made to retained earnings.

 

The estimated transitional adjustments for each of the Group’s material pension and superannuation plans in accordance with AASB 119 “Employee Benefits” (AASB 119) have been, in the case of Australia and New Zealand, calculated based on a roll-forward of the last triennial actuarial valuations performed between 2002 and 2003. For the European funds (including those relating to the Irish Banks) the estimated transitional adjustment has been based on the latest available information from the triennial actuarial valuations currently undertaken in respect of the valuation as at 30 September 2004. Work to date indicates that the Group will recognise a defined benefit pension liability in the range of $1,200 million to $1,400 million relating to the Group’s European pension plans. As the valuations performed by the actuary are currently not finalised, the defined benefit pension liability may be subject to change.

 

In addition, a defined benefit pension asset of approximately $100 million will be recognised relating to the Group’s New Zealand and Australian plans.

 

12



 

Additionally, the prepaid pension cost asset currently recognised under Australian generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) of $582 million predominantly in respect of the Yorkshire Bank and Bank of New Zealand pension and superannuation plans will be de-recognised upon transition to AIFRS.

 

In total, retained earnings is expected to decrease on a pre-tax basis within a range of $1,700 million to $1,900 million or $1,200 million to $1,300 million after allowance for the related net deferred tax asset. Note, no change arises to the ongoing cost of the pension schemes as a result of this accounting change. The schemes remain in actuarial surplus and compliant with all relevant regulatory requirements.

 

AASB 119 was amended in December 2004 to permit the application of three options for the recognition of ongoing actuarial gains and losses related to defined benefit pension and superannuation plans. In respect of ongoing actuarial gains and losses, the standard now permits: full and immediate recognition through the income statement; deferred recognition through the income statement (corridor approach); or full and immediate recognition through retained earnings.

 

The Group has determined that it will recognise actuarial gains and losses directly in retained earnings. While the choice of option will impact the income statement subsequent to transition, it will not impact the calculation of the transitional adjustment. The amendment does not impact other components of pension expense, which will continue to be recognised in the income statement.

 

(b) Wealth Management revaluation – excess of market value over net assets (EMVONA)

 

On transition to AIFRS the Group will derecognise the asset representing the excess of net market value over net assets of life insurance controlled entities (EMVONA) and cease to recognise the movement in EMVONA in the Group’s income statement.

 

Broadly, EMVONA represents:

 

                  acquired goodwill in respect of life insurance controlled entities remaining at balance date;

                  increases in the value of goodwill of the controlled entities since acquisition; and

                  the difference between the values assigned to assets and liabilities of the controlled entity within the Group’s financial report and those in the report of the controlled entity arising due to valuation methodology differences.

 

The whole of the EMVONA balance will be written off to retained earnings upon transition to AIFRS. Under AASB 1 EMVONA may be partially replaced by acquired goodwill and other intangible assets such as the value of business in force (VBIF) arising from the acquisition of the MLC group in 2000 and other subsequent acquisitions, directly or indirectly, by life businesses within the Group.

 

Based on the above, the estimated opening adjustments as at 1 October 2004 are:

 

                  de-recognition of the EMVONA asset of $4,904 million;

                  recognition of goodwill of $2,677 million;

                  recognition of other intangible assets of $1,482 million; and

                  a decrease in retained earnings of $746 million.

 

Under the rules of AASB 1, the acquired goodwill recognised does not include any notional amortisation from the date of acquisition until transition. In future periods, the goodwill will be subject to an annual impairment test. The other intangible assets recognised will be amortised over a period equivalent to their useful life.

 

(c) Securitisation

 

The combined effect of financial asset de-recognition rules and the consolidation of special purpose entity rules will impact both existing and new securitisation arrangements involving both the Group’s assets and those of its customers. The rules provide more stringent criteria for the de-recognition of financial assets. The interpretation of AIFRS consolidation rules will now require the Group to consolidate securitisation special purpose vehicles that were not consolidated under Australian GAAP. In addition, special purpose entities holding assets originated outside the Group will require consolidation where the Group has access to the majority of the residual income or is exposed to the majority of the residual risk associated with the special purpose entity.

 

The estimated opening adjustments as at 1 October 2004 are:

 

                  an increase in total assets of $5.6 billion;

                  an increase in total liabilities of $5.6 billion; and

                  a minimal decrease in retained earnings.

 

As a consequence of the new rules and changes to interpretation the Group is currently considering structural changes to its special purpose entities involved in various securitisation programs such that some of these entities would not then be consolidated into the Group’s financial statements from that point in time onwards.

 

13



 

(d) Taxation

 

AASB 112 requires the Group to adopt a balance sheet approach to determining deferred tax items, based upon a comparison of accounting carrying amounts of assets and liabilities with their tax base. This method will identify a broader range of differences than those that arise currently. Consequently, the Group will be required to recognise additional levels of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

There are two major tasks involved in the first time application of AASB 112, the first being the need to determine the tax effect of any transitional adjustments (at both 1 October 2004 and 1 October 2005) required in the move to AIFRS. The second major task involves applying the rules of the balance sheet method to the Group’s existing balance sheet. This is a very complex exercise and remains work in progress for the AIFRS project. As a consequence, in combination it is estimated that the changes will result in a higher level of deferred tax assets and a lower level of deferred tax liabilities being recognised by the Group.

 

(e) Share-based payments

 

AIFRS introduces the requirement for the Group to recognise an expense in respect of all share-based remuneration (performance options, performance rights and shares issued to employees) determined with reference to the fair value of the equity instruments issued. The fair value of the performance options and performance rights at grant date will be expensed over their expected vesting period on a straight-line basis.  Shares issued under the Company’s staff share schemes will be recognised as an expense when issued.

 

The rules require the transition adjustment at 1 October 2004 to be calculated in respect of performance options and performance rights granted from 7 November 2002 that remain unvested at 1 January 2005.

 

The estimated opening adjustment as at 1 October 2004 is a decrease in retained earnings of $34 million with a corresponding amount recognised in a share option reserve within shareholders’ equity.

 

(f) Intangible assets and impairment

 

On transition to AIFRS goodwill will no longer be amortised but will be assessed for any potential indication of impairment at each reporting date and tested for impairment at least annually. If an impairment loss is identified it must be recognised immediately in the income statement. The Group does not currently anticipate an impairment adjustment to opening retained earnings arising at 1 October 2004 in respect of this change in accounting policy but are in the process of completing the review.

 

This change in policy under AIFRS may result in increased volatility of future earnings where impairment losses are incurred.

 

Other intangibles will be amortised on a systematic basis that best reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the assets’ benefits over their respective useful lives. In addition, application software assets with a carrying value of $655 million will be reclassified from ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’ to ‘Intangible Assets’ on transition.

 

(g) Foreign currency translation

 

Under the AIFRS transitional rules the Group will apply an exemption that permits the resetting of the foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR) to nil as at the date of transition to AIFRS. This decision will give rise to a debit adjustment against the FCTR estimated at $166 million with a corresponding increase to retained earnings.

 

Translation differences in relation to foreign controlled entities subsequent to transition to AIFRS will continue to be recorded in the FCTR. The gain or loss recognised in the income statement on a future disposal of a foreign controlled entity will include any translation differences that arose after 1 October 2004.

 

(h) Deferred acquisition costs

 

Current accounting policy allows the Group’s life insurance and funds management controlled entities to defer acquisition costs incurred to gain new business. This deferral gives rise to an asset known as deferred acquisition costs (DAC). Under AIFRS this treatment will change in respect of those contracts classified as investment contracts. Costs relating to investment contracts may only be deferred if they are direct and incremental business unit costs relating to new business. Costs relating to insurance contracts may continue to be deferred as the treatment of acquisition costs under the current ‘Margin on Services’ (MoS) policy is effectively grandfathered under AASB 4 “Insurance Contracts”.

 

The application of AIFRS in this regard is currently being considered by the industry, both within Australia and internationally, and various approaches are under consideration.

 

As the eventual accounting treatment is currently uncertain, the Group cannot reliably estimate the financial impact of this issue.

 

14



 

(i) Treasury shares

 

Under current accounting policy, direct investments in National Australia Bank Limited shares by the Group’s life insurance statutory funds are recognised as ‘Investments relating to life insurance business’ in the balance sheet at market value. On transition to AIFRS, these investments will be classified as ‘treasury shares’ and deducted from share capital.

 

The opening adjustments at 1 October 2004 arising from the transition to AIFRS are estimated to be decreases in investments relating to life business ($551 million) and contributed equity ($645 million) and an increase in retained earnings ($94 million).

 

Transitional changes as at 1 October 2005

 

The following transitional changes relate to application of AASB 132 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation”, AASB 139 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” and AASB 4 “Insurance Contracts” and will occur on 1 October 2005. No comparative adjustments are required for the 2005 year.

 

Work is ongoing with regard to the impact of these transitional adjustments. Definitive impacts have yet to be quantified and in some cases are not able to be quantified until after 1 October 2005 as they will be based on market information as at that date.

 

(j) Recognition of derivative financial instruments and hedging

 

Under AIFRS, the Group will be required to recognise all derivative financial instruments at fair value on the balance sheet, irrespective of whether the instrument is used in a hedging relationship or otherwise.

 

Where fair value hedge accounting criteria are met, fair value changes on both the hedged item (attributable to the hedged risk) and the hedging instrument will be recognised directly in the income statement. Where cash flow hedge accounting criteria are met, the carrying value of the hedged item is not adjusted and the fair value changes on the related hedging instrument (to the extent the hedge is effective) will be deferred in a separate equity reserve and will then be transferred to the income statement at the time the hedged item affects the income statement. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised in the income statement immediately.

 

It should be noted that the underlying economics and risks of the Group will not change. The change affects only the manner by which the Group will account for the way it mitigates its interest rate and foreign currency risk. Under AIFRS, the Group will most likely use a hybrid of approaches with a predominance of cash flow hedge accounting. As a consequence, this will create volatility in the balance of the cash flow hedge reserve within equity.

 

All hedging arrangements will be subject to rigorous effectiveness testing and where an arrangement fails effectiveness tests, hedge accounting cannot be applied and fair value changes on the hedging instrument will generally be recognised in the income statement. This raises the potential for income statement volatility.

 

Whilst hedge accounting rules may alter the accounting for the Group’s interest rate risk management activities, the treatment of trading derivatives is not expected to be affected by hedge accounting.

 

In certain circumstances, the Group will either be unable to achieve hedge accounting or it will not be the most appropriate approach. Where this is the case the Group will in certain circumstances seek to minimise the impact of the fair value measurement requirements by recognising both the item that is subject to an economic hedge and the accompanying derivative instrument at fair value in the balance sheet with movements in fair value recognised immediately in the income statement. The effect of this will be to reflect the economic substance of the transaction and reduce income statement volatility.

 

(k) Loan provisioning

 

Under AIFRS, the Group will recognise loan impairment (currently referred to as provision for doubtful debts) when objective evidence is available that a loss event has occurred and as a consequence the Group will not likely receive all amounts owed to it. Loan impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the present value of future expected cash flows associated with the loan discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate.

 

Significant loans will be individually assessed for impairment. Those significant loans that are not assessed as impaired will then be placed into portfolios of assets with similar risk profiles and be subjected to a collective assessment of impairment. Smaller loans will not be individually assessed but impairment tested in portfolios based upon similar risk profiles. Objective evidence of impairment will be based on historical experience for such portfolios adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions at each balance date. The impact of AIFRS on the Group’s current methodology for calculating the provision for doubtful debts is still being evaluated.

 

15



 

(l) Insurance contracts

 

Contracts that do not have significant insurance risk will no longer be treated as insurance contracts but as financial instruments. For non-insurance contracts these changes will likely have a negative impact on accounting profit in respect of new business. Accounting profits will be higher in later periods as a result of a greater proportion of contract acquisition expenses being recognised upfront.

 

For those contracts that continue to meet the definition of an insurance contract, the Group will account for those under the existing Margin on Services (MoS) approach.

 

These changes do not require comparatives for the 2005 financial year. It is expected that further changes to insurance accounting will arise under Phase II of the IASB’s insurance project at which time the existing MoS approach will be phased out.

 

(m) Revenue recognition

 

At present, loan origination fee revenue is either recognised upfront or deferred in the balance sheet and amortised as an adjustment to yield over the expected life of the loan. It is likely that a greater volume of fees will be deferred and amortised over the expected life of the respective loans under AIFRS. Revenue that is deferred must be amortised on an effective interest rate basis. AIFRS also requires deferral of related costs where these are both direct and incremental to origination of the loan.

 

(n) Valuation of financial instruments using bid and offer prices

 

AASB 139 requires that in valuing financial instruments at fair value, the appropriate quoted market price to be used is usually the bid or offer price. Currently all financial instruments of the Group measured at fair value and transacted in an active market are valued at a mid-price. It is acceptable to continue to use the mid-price where there is an off-setting market risk position. Consequently, where there is no off-setting market risk position an adjustment is required to re-measure those assets and liabilities at either a bid or offer price instead of a mid price. The impact of this change on the income statement is not expected to be significant.

 

(o) Available for sale securities

 

Under AIFRS, the Group’s available for sale debt securities and equity investments will be valued at fair value in the balance sheet with unrealised gains and losses recognised in a separate reserve account within equity.

 

Format of financial statements

 

In addition to the transitional adjustments detailed above, which will impact the measurement and recognition of certain items, the adoption of AIFRS will introduce a number of changes to the format of the income statement, balance sheet and other financial statement disclosures. In general, these changes introduce more detail rather than less to the required disclosures. The Group is currently evaluating these requirements.

 

Capital implications

 

The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) released a discussion paper in February 2005, outlining their proposed approach to calculation of regulatory capital following the adoption of AIFRS. Several of the transitional adjustments detailed above affect the calculation of the Group’s regulatory capital and are affected by APRA’s proposed approach. The Group is working with APRA and the Australian banking industry to ensure these implications are fully understood.

 

It is important to note that APRA’s proposals will not take effect until 1 January 2006 and the calculation of regulatory capital will remain unchanged until then.

 

16



 

SECTION 4

 

 

RESULTS FOR THE HALF YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2005

 

 

GROUP PROFITABILITY AND CAPITAL

 

17



 

Management Discussion & Analysis - Profitability

 

PROFITABILITY

 

Net Operating Income

 

Group net operating income increased 1.0% from the September 2004 half, and 1.6% from the March 2004 half.

 

Net Interest Income

 

Banking net interest income fell 1.5% from the September 2004 half and 0.9% from the March 2004 half. The result reflects continued pressure on margins across the Group, partly offset by growth in underlying volumes.

 

Volumes by Division

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on Sep 04

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

%

 

Ex FX
% (2)

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

 

 

 

 

Average interest-earning assets (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

150.1

 

142.9

 

135.5

 

5.0

 

5.0

 

UK Banking

 

53.5

 

55.9

 

50.3

 

(4.3

)

(0.7

)

New Zealand Banking

 

31.1

 

28.4

 

26.5

 

9.5

 

6.7

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

139.8

 

133.0

 

126.7

 

5.1

 

7.3

 

Other (3)

 

(49.6

)

(46.4

)

(39.8

)

(6.9

)

(12.7

)

Group average interest-earning assets

 

324.9

 

313.8

 

299.2

 

3.5

 

4.1

 

 


(1)       Interest-earning assets include intercompany balances.

 

(2)       Change expressed at constant foreign exchange rates.

 

(3)       Other includes the Wealth Management regional operations, Group Funding, Corporate Centre and Inter-divisional eliminations.

 

Average interest-earning assets increased $11.1 billion, or 3.5% on the September 2004 half, primarily representing a $7.5 billion increase in loans and advances and a $2.5 billion increase in marketable debt securities.

 

On a divisional basis, the $7.5 billion increase in loans and advances on the September 2004 half is primarily driven by the Australian Banking business, and, on a product basis, reflects growth in the Group’s housing book and improved business lending. Key factors contributing to this outcome were:

 

                  reflecting stabilisation of housing market share, Australian Banking experienced growth of $5.1 billion (5.5%) in housing lending on the September 2004 half. Non-housing lending grew $1.9 billion (4.5%) primarily fixed-rate interest-only term lending and leasing, which increased 7.3% and 5.6% respectively;

 

                  of the growth in New Zealand Banking’s average interest-earning assets, $1.5 billion is due to growth in residential mortgages (up 11.8%, or 9.1% at constant exchange rates to $14.8 billion), reflecting market share improvements from 15.9% to 16.2%. Non-housing lending grew 8.3%, or 5.6% at constant exchange rates;

 

                  including the Irish Banks, which were sold on 28 February 2005, UK Banking’s loans and advances declined 2.5%. Excluding the Irish Banks and at constant exchange rates, average underlying housing loan balances increased 9.5%, reflecting new products and branding strategies, and the move into the third party distribution channel. Average underlying non-housing loan balances were flat, but grew 4.2% at constant exchange rates, with growth in both fixed and variable-rate products; and

 

                  Institutional Markets & Services average loans and advances increased 2.6%, or 5.5% at constant exchange rates on the September 2004 half.

 

Average marketable debt securities grew $2.5 billion, or 7.0%, on the September 2004 half. Higher balances of Markets’ division assets reflecting business growth in the December 2004 quarter, were reduced in the March 2005 quarter following the Group’s strategic decision to release capital invested in low yielding assets.

 

Refer to Note 5 for further details.

 

18



 

Net Interest Margin

 

Group net interest margin declined 10 basis points during the half year from 2.29% to 2.19%, (and compared to the March 2004 half, the net interest margin has declined 21 basis points from 2.40%). Drivers of the decline varied across the Group’s businesses.

 

In analysing the divisional results, it should be noted that as part of the annual process for aligning the operating divisions’ economic capital usage with the Group’s target capital position, capital allocations to the Group’s banking divisions were reviewed with effect from 1 October 2004. This impacted the capital allocated to each division and also included an attribution of the interest cost of other forms of capital such as subordinated debt and hybrid equity instruments on a usage basis. The divisional impact on net interest income for the March 2005 half, which is neutral at the Group level is summarised below:

 

 

 

 

$m

 

Increase/(Decrease)

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

36

 

UK Banking

 

10

 

New Zealand Banking

 

(12

)

Institutional Markets & Services

 

9

 

Group Funding

 

(43

)

Group

 

 

 

Including these effects, divisional net interest margin movements on the September 2004 half are summarised as follows:

 

                  Australian Banking’s margin declined 4 basis points (9 basis points excluding the capital reallocation). This reflects ongoing competitive pressure on margins, the continuing shift in the balance sheet to lower-margin home loan products, and an increase in wholesale funding;

 

                  UK Banking’s margin declined 18 basis points (27 basis points excluding the capital reallocation (4bps) and the benefit of the proceeds from the sale of the Irish Banks (5bps)). This reflects a continuing move to lower-margin housing lending, reduced lending margins (primarily for fixed-rate personal loans, variable-rate mortgages and credit cards), and unfavourable funding costs. In relation to UK Ongoing Operations, the underlying net interest margin declined 20 basis points;

 

                  New Zealand Banking’s margin declined 12 basis points (5 basis points excluding the capital reallocation). This has been driven by growth in lower-margin fixed rate products, competitive pressure for lending products (particularly in cards and housing), partly offset by favourable deposit margins, and the results of funding strategies;

 

                  Institutional Markets & Services’ margin declined 1 basis point (2 basis points excluding the capital reallocation). This reflects the impact of the prevailing yield curve on income generated in the Markets business and competition in the corporate lending market, partly offset by the reversal of capitalised interest income on a non-accrual loan in the September 2004 half, and favourable changes to the structured finance portfolio; and

 

                  Group Funding’s margin declined excluding the capital reallocation reflecting the results of the Group’s ongoing funding activity and securitisation programs.

 

Net interest margin – contribution to the movement in the Group net interest margin on the
September 2004 half (excluding internal capital reallocation)

 

 

19



 

As a result, on a weighted basis, the division having the greatest impact on the Group’s 10 basis point margin decline was UK Banking, contributing 9 basis points of the decline on a weighted basis, with Australian Banking contributing 2 basis points, offset by a 1 basis point increase from Group Funding.

 

Net Life Insurance Income

 

The Group reports its results in accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 1038 “Life Insurance Business” (AASB 1038). AASB 1038 requires that the interests of policyholders in the statutory funds of the life insurance business be reported in the consolidated results.

 

Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital of the life insurance businesses). As the tax expense/benefit is attributable primarily to the policyholders, the movement in net life insurance income should be viewed on an after tax basis. In addition, net life insurance income includes investment revenue attributable to consolidated registered schemes with a corresponding increase in net profit attributable to outside equity interests. The life insurance funds of the life insurance companies conduct superannuation, investment and insurance-related businesses (ie. Protection business including Term & Accident, Critical Illness and Disability insurance and Traditional Whole of Life and Endowment).

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Net life insurance income

 

495

 

523

 

396

 

(5.4

)

25.0

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital (before tax) – see below

 

63

 

34

 

59

 

85.3

 

6.8

 

Interest expense, income tax expense and outside equity interest

 

(360

)

(402

)

(281

)

(10.4

)

(28.1

)

Net profit of life insurance funds after outside equity interest

 

198

 

155

 

174

 

27.7

 

13.8

 

 

Net life insurance income after tax has improved 27.7% on the September 2004 half. This is primarily due to increased investment revenue reflecting the improved performance of global equity markets compared to the September 2004 half, partly offset by an increase in policy liabilities. The increase in fee revenue due to higher average funds under management, and higher annual inforce premiums, partly offset by less favourable claims experience in the March 2005 half have also contributed to the result. The September 2004 half included the recognition of an unfavourable prior year adjustment of $(40) million.

 

Investment Earnings on Shareholders’ Retained Profits and Capital of Life Businesses (IORE)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital (before tax)

 

63

 

34

 

59

 

85.3

 

6.8

 

Income tax expense and outside equity interest

 

(15

)

(7

)

(15

)

large

 

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital

 

48

 

27

 

44

 

77.8

 

9.1

 

 

Investment earnings generated on shareholders’ invested capital in the life insurance statutory funds in the March 2005 half was $48 million (after-tax), in line with the strong performance of the major stockmarket indices over the half. The September 2004 half was impacted by more subdued equity market returns, with the Asian operations particularly impacted by the significant volatility of the MSCI World Index.

 

20



 

Other Operating Income

 

Movement on September 2004 half

 

Total Banking other operating income increased by 3.3% (or 4.3% at constant exchange rates) on the September 2004 half to $2,110 million, which reflects the following factors:

 

                  Trading income increased by $102 million (43%) to $337 million as a result of improved trading opportunities due to increased volatility in the interest and exchange rate markets, after a particularly challenging September 2004 half; and

 

                  Loan fees from banking grew by $22 million (3%) to $742 million, reflecting solid bill fee growth in Australia, partly offset by competitive pricing across all regions;

 

Partly offset by:

 

                  Money transfer fees fell $16 million (3%) to $479 million as a result of a change in the mix of transactions as customers migrate to lower cost channels;

 

                  Other income fell by $22 million to $112 million due to the impact of non-recurring items; and

 

                  Fees and commissions decreased by $10 million (3%) to $366 million largely reflecting changes in Card-related products and activity;

 

Wealth Management other operating income increased by $53 million (13%) to $461 million, reflecting higher management fee income. The March 2005 half was also favourably impacted by the receipt of a $24 million retrospective profit share payment in the UK, and a $27 million insurance recovery relating to NAFiM investor compensation payments (received from the Group’s captive-insurance company, with no impact at the Group level).

 

Movement on March 2004 half

 

Total Banking other operating income decreased by 0.6% (or 1.6% at constant exchange rates) on the March 2004 half to $2,110 million, which reflects the following factors:

 

                  Dividend income of $22 million in the March 2004 half no longer received following the sale of investments;

 

                  Other income fell by $10 million to $112 million due to the impact of non-recurring items;

 

                  Money transfer fees fell $9 million (2%) to $479 million due to a change in the mix of transactions as customers migrate to lower cost channels; and

 

                  Trading income was flat at $337 million;

 

Partly offset by:

 

                  Fleet service fees grew $13 million (22%) to $73 million reflecting business growth and a change in accounting treatment of fleet vehicle registration costs; and

 

                  Loan fees from banking grew $15 million (2%) to $742 million, reflecting solid bill fee growth in Australian Banking as a result of a 16.5% increase in bill acceptance volumes over the 12 months.

 

Wealth Management other operating income increased by $62 million (16%) on the March 2004 half to $461 million reflecting higher management fee income. The March 2005 half was also favourably impacted by a $12 million increase in retrospective profit share payment in the UK, and a $27 million insurance recovery relating to NAFiM investor compensation payments.

 

21



 

Operating Expenses

 

Movement on September 2004 half

 

Total Banking expenses grew 0.7% (or 1.9% at constant exchange rates) on the September 2004 half, to $3,246 million. The result is marked by higher personnel and superannuation costs and large one-off items, partly offset by lower discretionary expenditure and amortisation. In particular the result includes:

 

                  costs of $56 million associated with the Northern Bank robbery in December 2004 ($49 million recognised in Corporate Centre through the Group’s captive-insurance company and $7 million in the UK Banking results);

 

                  costs of $49 million associated with the outcome of a legal action in South Korea awarded against the National;

 

                  insurance recoveries of $27 million payable to NAFiM from the Group’s captive-insurance company (no impact at Group level);

 

                  higher superannuation costs of $25 million, due primarily to a superannuation contribution holiday in Australia reducing September 2004 half pension fund expenses by $17 million, and a $5 million increase in New Zealand pension fund expenses;

 

                  higher occupancy costs of $9 million (3%) driven by the full occupation of the second Docklands building; and

 

                  personnel expenses (excluding superannuation), growing $8 million (1%), reflecting higher salaries from 1 January 2005 net of a reduction in average staff numbers, and higher performance-based remuneration in the March 2005 half;

 

Partly offset by:

 

                  the focus on reducing discretionary expenditure and lower project related-spend, including regulatory and compliance projects;

 

                  a reduction in advertising and marketing costs of $19 million, as the September 2004 half included costs associated with the sponsorship of the 2006 Melbourne Commonwealth Games; and

 

                  lower software amortisation expense of $7 million following the write-off of capitalised software at 30 September 2004.

 

Wealth Management operating expenses fell 4.2% on the September 2004 half to $411 million, reflecting a reduction in staff numbers and lower costs associated with strategic investment expenditure.

 

Movement on March 2004 half

 

Total Banking expenses increased 12.0% (or 10.7% at constant exchange rates) on the March 2004 half year to $3,246 million, reflecting:

 

                  growth in personnel expenses (excluding superannuation) of $103 million (7%), due to higher annual salaries and growth in contractor costs mainly associated with compliance projects;

 

                  costs of $56 million associated with the Northern Bank robbery in December 2004;

 

                  costs of $49 million associated with the outcome of a legal action in South Korea;

 

                  higher occupancy costs of $36 million (13%) as a result of annual rent increases and the move to Docklands;

 

                  insurance recoveries of $27 million payable to NAFiM from the Group’s captive insurance company;

 

                  higher superannuation costs of $25 million, due primarily to a superannuation contribution holiday in Australia reducing March 2004 half pension fund expenses by $17 million, and a $7 million increase in New Zealand pension fund expenses; and

 

                  a step-up in project related-spend, including regulatory and compliance projects;

 

Partly offset by:

 

                  a $26 million write-off of development work associated with the Integrated Systems Implementation (ISI) program which was included in the March 2004 half; and

 

                  a reduction of $19 million in the charge to provide for non-lending losses on the March 2004 half.

 

Wealth Management operating expenses increased 1.5% on the March 2004 half to $411 million, reflecting higher volume-related expenses, partly offset by the impact of a reduction in staff numbers.

 

22



 

Asset Quality

 

The Group’s asset quality continued to remain sound during the March 2005 half year. The credit environment during the half was benign and the current outlook is for no significant deterioration.

 

The disposal of the Irish Banks has decreased the volume of impaired assets and the level of total provisions, however this has had a minor impact on asset quality. In the March 2005 half:

 

                  the Group commenced a review of its credit assessment process to simplify and accelerate the process, resulting in an improved client focus without compromising the quality of the lending decision;

                  portfolio-managed facilities totalling $124 million between 90 and 180 days past due were reclassified from non-accrual to 90 days past due facilities to align with the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) classification;

                  the average level of non-accrual loans has remained relatively stable;

                  net write offs are lower compared to the September 2004 and March 2004 halves;

                  past due volumes have increased following some deterioration in housing and personal loans;

                  coverage ratios have improved; and

                  the proportion of investment grade non-retail facilities has improved.

 

Movement in gross non-accrual loans and accruing loans past due 90 days (refer note 13)

 

 

 

Non-accrual

 

90 days past due

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance at 30 September 2004

 

1,230

 

892

 

Increase/(Decrease):

 

 

 

 

 

- Sale of Irish Banks

 

(84

)

(3

)

- APRA Reclassification

 

(124

)

124

 

Adjusted balance at 30 September 2004

 

1,022

 

1.013

 

Repayment of large exposure

 

 

(204

)

Underlying movement

 

93

 

75

 

Balance at 31 March 2005

 

1,115

 

884

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

The APRA reclassification of portfolio-managed facilities past due between 90 and 180 days reduced the balance of non-accrual loans by $124 million and the sale of the Irish Banks reduced the balance by $84 million.

 

In the March 2005 half there was an underlying increase of $93 million in non-accrual loans. There was a net increase in Australia following the impairment of two large corporate clients totalling $133 million, which was offset by lower non-accrual loans in the UK.

 

 

23



 

Net write offs

 

Net write offs in the March 2005 half amounted to $211 million, which is significantly lower than the September 2004 half year of $335 million, and the March 2004 half year of $270 million. Net write offs as a proportion of gross loans and acceptances fell in the March 2005 half from 0.12% (including Irish Banks) to 0.08%.

 

The improvements in net write offs is consistent with the benign credit environment, stronger asset prices and fewer corporate write offs in the United States and New Zealand.

 

The improvement of $43 million in the United States is the result of no further write offs being incurred in the exit of impaired exposures in the power and utility sector, although a provision of $23 million has been made for one exposure in the half. New Zealand improved by $13 million as the net write offs in the September 2004 half primarily related to one corporate client.

 

In Australia, non-retail net write offs fell by 38% following proportionately higher recoveries, while retail net write offs fell by 57%.

 

Net write offs increased in the UK relating to two corporate clients.

 

 

Accruing loans 90 days past due

 

Past due facilities comprise well-secured accruing loans that are more than 90 days past due and portfolio-managed facilities that are not well secured but between 90 and 180 days past due, (refer comment on reclassification above). Excluding the full repayment of one large corporate exposure in Australia of $204 million and the APRA reclassification, the volume of these facilities increased by $75 million.

 

The application of the APRA classification exemption to portfolio-managed facilities that are not well secured but between 90 and 180 days past due resulted in $74 million of facilities in Australia and $50 million in the UK being reclassified from non-accrual to past due in the March 2005 half.

 

Facilities that are past due but fully secured had an underlying increase of $68 million, the majority in Australia and relating to the home loan portfolio. Actions are being undertaken to address this, however lending losses are not expected as the facilities are well secured.

 

 

Provisioning coverage

 

The Group’s total provisions as a percentage of impaired assets increased by 19% points to 217% over the March 2005 half.

 

The improvement in cover resulted from a decrease in impaired assets in the Group, primarily due to the reclassification referred to above, while provision levels remained relatively stable.

 

The ratio of general provisions to risk-weighted assets, excluding housing, increased marginally from 0.99% to 1.00%.

 

 

24



 

Trends in the ratings of exposures

 

The non-retail segment of the portfolio encompasses Business and Corporate lending.

 

Over the twelve months to March 2005, the level of investment grade equivalent (AAA to BBB-) facilities held by the Group in its non-retail portfolio increased from 75% of the portfolio to 77%.

 

The proportion of sub-investment and categorised facilities fell in that time by 1% each.

 

 

Trends in the level of non-retail secured lending

 

The Group considers a loan to be well secured where bank security is greater than 100% of the facility.

 

The non-retail segment of the Group continues to build and retain its core of well-secured clients.

 

In March 2005 half, Business Banking increased its holdings of well-secured facilities by 2% points to 68%. Institutional Markets & Services also increased its proportion by 2% points to 13%.

 

 

Retail portfolio

 

The retail portfolio consists of home loans, credit cards, personal overdrafts and personal loans. Housing remains the dominant product in the portfolio comprising 92% of Group personal lending. Australia is the dominant region holding 75% of the Group’s personal lending portfolio.

 

The credit quality of the retail portfolio is sound, with a high level of well-secured facilities (92%).

 

90-day delinquencies have remained at a similar level since the transition of home loans from the previous servicing system in September 2004. The movement for the March half is attributable to a small increase in delinquency rates in Australian housing. Although the majority of this segment is well secured, actions are being taken to address the rise in delinquency.

 

The gross 12 month rolling write off rate has continued to decline to 0.29%, as a result of generally higher levels of equity in households.

 

The data series excludes the Irish Banks.                       

 

 

Taxation

 

Total Banking’s effective tax rate on cash earnings before significant items has increased from 28.5% in the September 2004 half to 30.4%. This is impacted by the Group’s international activities to which a wide range of tax rates are applied, and certain costs incurred in respect of the legal action in South Korea and the Northern Bank robbery, in relation to which no future income tax benefit has been raised.

 

Exchangeable capital units capital raising

 

In February 2004 the National announced that it had received amended assessments from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) which seek to disallow interest deductions on exchangeable capital units (ExCaps) for the tax years 1997 to 2000. The ATO assessments are for $157 million of primary tax and interest and penalties of $150 million (after-tax), a total of $307 million (after-tax). At that time, the National also informed that the ATO was considering its position in respect of interest deductions claimed by the National on its ExCaps for the years 2001 to 2003.

 

25



 

In May 2005 the National received amended assessments from the ATO for the years 2001 to 2003. The ATO assessments are for $135 million of primary tax and interest and penalties of $98 million (after-tax), a total of $233 million (after-tax).

 

The National has also received amended assessments from the ATO for the years 1998 to 2001 disallowing certain costs associated with the issue of the ExCaps. These assessments are for $6 million of primary tax and interest and penalties of $6 million (after-tax), a total of $12 million (after-tax). Should the ATO also disallow issue costs claimed in 2002 and 2003, the further primary tax assessed would be approximately $2 million. Interest and penalties may also be imposed.

 

The Group is confident that its position in relation to the application of the taxation law is correct and intends to dispute the amended assessments and pursue all necessary avenues of objection and appeal. Objections against the amended assessments have been lodged, and no provisions have been raised by the Group.

 

The Group has paid 50% of the amounts owing under the previous amended assessments. This payment has been recognised as an asset on the statement of financial position, included within other assets, on the basis that the Group expects recovery of the amount paid to the ATO. The Group intends to adopt the same position in relation to the most recent amended assessments.

 

The Group has not tax-effected interest paid on the ExCaps after 1 October 2003 whilst the tax treatment is in dispute. As a result, a permanent difference of $16 million has been recognised in determining income tax expense for the 2005 half.

 

TrUEPrSSM capital raising

 

In April 2004 the National announced that it had received amended assessments from the ATO which seek to disallow interest deductions claimed in respect of its TrUEPrSSM capital raising for the years 1999 to 2002. The ATO assessments are for $85 million of primary tax and interest and penalties of $65 million (after-tax), a total of $150 million (after-tax). The ATO is also expected to issue amended assessments for the 2003 and 2004 income years and the expected additional primary tax payable for those years is $20 million. If the ATO issues amended assessments in respect of those years it is possible interest and penalties would also apply. No further disputed tax amounts will arise in relation to future years as the TrUEPrSSM were redeemed in January 2004.

 

The Group is confident that its position in relation to the application of the taxation law is correct and intends to dispute the amended assessments and pursue all necessary avenues of objection and appeal. Objections against the amended assessments have been lodged, and no provisions have been raised by the Group.

 

The Group has paid 50% of the amounts owing under the amended assessments. This payment has been recognised as an asset on the statement of financial position, included within other assets, on the basis that the Group expects recovery of the amount paid to the ATO.

 

TrUEPrSSM is a service mark of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.

 

New Zealand structured finance transactions

 

The New Zealand Inland Revenue Department (IRD) is carrying out a review of certain structured finance transactions in the banking industry.

 

Subsidiaries of the Group have received amended tax assessments for the 1998 and 1999 years from the IRD with respect to certain structured finance transactions. The amended assessments are for income tax of approximately NZ$47 million. Interest will be payable on this amount, and the possible application of penalties has yet to be considered by the IRD.

 

The IRD has also issued Notices of Proposed Adjustments in respect of these and similar structured finance transactions for the 2000, 2001 and 2002 years. These notices do not create a tax obligation for the National, but advise of the IRD’s intention to issue amended assessments for those years.

 

The New Zealand Government has introduced new legislation, to take effect from 1 July 2005, which addresses their concerns with banks entering these transactions. All of the National’s structured finance transactions that are the subject of the IRD’s review will have terminated by that date.

 

If the IRD issues amended assessments for all transactions for periods up to 30 June 2005, the maximum sum of primary tax, which the IRD might claim for all years is approximately NZ$416 million. In addition, as at 31 March 2005, interest of NZ$102 million (net of tax) will be payable.

 

The National is confident that its position in relation to the application of the taxation law is correct and it is disputing the IRD’s position with respect of these transactions. The National has obtained legal opinions that confirm that the transactions complied with New Zealand tax law. The transactions are similar to transactions undertaken by other New Zealand banks.

 

The financial effect of the unpaid balance of the amounts owing under the amended assessments has not been brought to account in the financial statements for the March 2005 half.

 

26



 

Significant Items

 

Net profit on sale of Northern and National Irish Banks

 

On 28 February 2005 the sale of National Europe Holdings (Ireland) Limited (the UK holding company of Northern Bank and National Irish Bank) to Danske Bank A/S was completed on terms consistent with the original sale announcement on 14 December 2004. This generated a net profit on sale after all disposal costs including taxation of $1,073 million.

 

There will be a post-closing adjustment in accordance with terms of the sale agreement and the National will have certain indemnification obligations and standard warranties that survive completion of the sale. The National will provide transitional services to Danske Bank A/S in respect of the Northern Bank and National Irish Bank operations to assist in the smooth transition of ownership of those businesses. These transitional services will be provided at cost and are expected to be in place for up to eighteen months.

 

Restructuring expenses

 

During the March 2005 half, the Group incurred restructuring expenses and provisions totalling $403 million. Details are set out below:

 

 

 

Redundancies

 

Occupancy

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

No.

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Half year to 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Australia

 

1,036

 

91

 

 

30

 

121

 

Total UK

 

1,700

 

185

 

61

 

20

 

266

 

Total New Zealand

 

23

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Institutional Market & Services

 

27

 

7

 

 

3

 

10

 

Other (including Corporate Centre)

 

7

 

1

 

 

4

 

5

 

Total Group

 

2,793

 

285

 

61

 

57

 

403

 

 

Australian restructuring

 

Restructuring expenses of $121 million have been booked in the Australian region in the March 2005 half. This includes staff redundancy costs of $91 million covering 1,036 positions, of which 210 have exited in the March 2005 half ($22 million) and 826 have been provided for ($69 million). The remaining $30 million relates to other costs incurred in restructuring and integrating the Australian businesses. This includes costs related to reorganisation of new management teams and managing the integration process, as well as writing off the asset value of decommissioned systems.

 

Further restructure costs will be provisioned by the Australian region in the second half as it continues to develop the integration program for its businesses.

 

UK restructuring

 

On 30 March 2005, the National announced it would book a provision of $266 million (GBP109 million) to cover restructuring initiatives currently underway in the UK operations. This covers costs to streamline operations, which will lead to reductions in staffing levels of 1,700 positions during the next 12 to 18 months and the reconfiguration of the distribution networks to meet the changing needs of customers.

 

Further details may be obtained from the Company’s ASX Announcement and European Restructure presentation on 30 March 2005, which are available on the Group’s website at www.nabgroup.com

 

New Zealand, Institutional Markets & Services and Other restructuring

 

Restructuring initiatives are currently being finalised and provisions will be booked in the second half of the 2005 year.

 

Reversal of provision in relation to foreign currency options trading loss

 

In January 2004, the National announced that it had identified losses relating to unauthorised trading in foreign currency options of $360 million before tax. Following a detailed review of the residual risk in the remaining portfolio, it has been determined that $34 million ($24 million after tax) be written back to profit in the March 2005 half.

 

Reversal of 2002 provision in relation to restructuring

 

During 2002, the Group recognised restructuring costs from the Positioning for Growth (PfG) initiatives. In the March 2005 half, excess provisions totalling $9 million ($6 million after tax) were written back to profit, leaving a residual provision of $12 million.

 

27



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Balance Sheet & Capital

 

BALANCE SHEET & CAPITAL

 

Assets and Liabilities

 

Lending

 

 

 

As at

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04(1)

 

31 Mar 04(1)

 

Sep 04
Ex FX %

 

Mar 04
Ex FX %

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

Housing (net of securitisation)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

98,142

 

91,259

 

88,845

 

7.5

 

10.5

 

UK

 

15,289

 

14,716

 

12,796

 

7.6

 

18.8

 

New Zealand

 

15,399

 

14,328

 

12,263

 

9.5

 

19.2

 

Asia

 

617

 

610

 

574

 

9.4

 

9.4

 

Total housing

 

129,447

 

120,913

 

114,478

 

7.8

 

12.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term lending

 

81,560

 

78,819

 

73,742

 

4.9

 

9.4

 

Other lending

 

40,109

 

39,443

 

37,804

 

3.7

 

5.1

 

Bill acceptances

 

21,567

 

16,343

 

14,987

 

32.0

 

43.9

 

Total lending (gross loans & acceptances)

 

272,683

 

255,518

 

241,011

 

7.9

 

12.3

 

 


(1)       Proforma information - excludes lending assets of the Irish Banks, which were sold on 28 February 2005.

 

Housing lending (net of securitisation) has increased by 7.8% from 30 September 2004 to $129.4 billion supported by continued strong residential mortgage markets across all regions.

 

In Australia, housing lending has experienced encouraging growth with market share stabilising at 14.4%. Although growth in the Australian housing sector has slowed compared to the previous half, demand for home loans remains strong. Housing lending growth has mainly occurred within 100% offset home loan products and fixed rate loans as customers choose to lock in interest rates during a rising interest rate environment.

 

In the UK, housing lending has increased 7.6% (excluding the impact of the sale of the Irish Banks) reflecting the success of the brand program, new product launches and the move into the third party distribution channel using selected brokers to sell products to the target market.

 

In New Zealand, housing lending grew 9.5% over the half, with market share growing from 15.9% at September 2004 to 16.2% at March 2005. This performance reflects BNZ’s implementation of a consistent and targeted home loan strategy, including the ‘Unbeatable’ campaign.

 

Business lending volumes have grown over the half, particularly in Australia, reflecting business confidence and the restoration of risk settings, particularly in fixed rate lending and in leasing products. Personal lending also grew due to increased seasonal spending, promotional offers and specific campaigns, such as the Visa ‘Mini Card’ campaign in Australia.

 

Bill acceptances have increased 32.0%, however, excluding the impact of the buy-back of the Company’s-accepted bills, bill acceptance volumes have grown 5.8% over the half. Australian Banking volumes have increased 10.0% as they continue to be a preferred product for business customers as a result of favourable pricing arrangements and flexibility.

 

Marketable Debt Securities

 

Marketable debt securities (trading, available for sale and investment securities) decreased $8,460 million or 21.0% during the March 2005 half. The reduction in these securities follows the Group’s strategic decision to release capital invested in low yielding assets so as to improve returns in the Institutional Markets & Services business.

 

Deposits and Other Borrowings

 

Excluding National Irish Bank Limited and Northern Bank Limited which were sold on 28 February 2005, total deposits and other borrowings decreased 0.5% over the half.

 

Total deposits (excluding the Irish banks) grew $3,775 million or 2.0% during the March 2005 half. Sound growth occurred in retail deposit volumes (saving and transaction deposits), particularly in Australia, following the successful launch in July 2004 of new flat fee transaction account offerings. Growth was also

 

28



 

experienced in New Zealand where retail deposit market share increased by 30 basis points during the March 2005 half, as a result of continued steady improvements in brand awareness and preference.

 

Other borrowings (excluding the Irish banks) have decreased by $5,679 million (29.5%), reflecting the current strategy of lengthening and broadening the maturity profile of the Group’s debt portfolio. This has resulted in a higher reliance on bonds, notes and subordinated debt issues, rather than on the Group’s commercial paper and other short-term debt programs. The lower funding requirements also reflect the release of capital invested in low yielding assets.

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt increased $3,963 million (12.2%) during the March 2005 half. The National has a number of funding programs available, and the increase reflects further issues of the Group’s Euro and Domestic medium-term notes programs, undertaken to fund asset growth and re-finance of maturing short-term and long-term debt. The increase also reflects the Group’s current strategy of lengthening the maturity profile of the Group’s debt issues.

 

Capital Position

 

Capital ratios and risk-weighted assets are set out below.

 

 

 

Target

 

As at

 

 

 

ratio

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

ACE ratio

 

4.75 – 5.25

 

5.84

 

5.30

 

5.33

 

Tier 1 ratio

 

7.0 - 7.5

 

8.30

 

7.34

 

7.43

 

Total capital ratio

 

10.0 -10.5

 

11.37

 

10.58

 

9.30

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep
04

 

31 Mar
04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Risk-weighted assets – credit risk

 

266,854

 

273,189

 

256,489

 

Risk-weighted assets – market risk

 

12,294

 

13,616

 

21,750

 

Total risk-weighted assets

 

279,148

 

286,805

 

278,239

 

 

 

There has been no change to the National’s target capital ranges during the March 2005 half.

 

In addition to regulatory capital ratios, the National uses the adjusted common equity (ACE) ratio as a key capital target. It measures the capital available to support the banking operations, after deducting the Group’s investment in wealth management operations. As at 31 March 2005, the ACE ratio was 5.84% an increase from 5.30% at 30 September 2004. Refer to note 17 regarding the components of the ACE ratio.

 

29



 

The Group’s capital ratios have increased during the period and are above the Group’s stated target ranges at 31 March 2005. This principally reflects the sale of the Irish Banks, which occurred on 28 February 2005. The banks were sold for $2.5 billion, generating a net profit on sale after all disposal costs of $1.1 billion. In addition to the profit component, the sale also increased the capital ratios as a result of the reduction in risk-weighted assets of approximately $12 billion. In total, the impact of the sale increased the ACE ratio by 66 basis points, the tier 1 ratio by 77 basis points and the total capital ratio by 90 basis points as at 31 March 2005.

 

During the March 2005 half the Group commenced an initiative to reduce low return risk-weighted assets in the Institutional Markets & Services business.

 

As directed by APRA, the National currently uses the standard method to calculate the market risk capital component of risk-weighted assets. During the March 2005 half there was a reduction of $1,322 million in the market risk component of risk-weighted assets. Using the internal model method, which was applied prior to 31 March 2004, the market risk component of risk-weighted assets at 31 March 2005 amounted to $3,127 million, down from $3,410 million at 30 September 2004. The effect of using the standard method to calculate the market risk component of risk-weighted assets was an increase of $9,167 million (compared to $10,206 million at 30 September 2004).

 

Trust Preferred Securities II

 

On 23 March 2005, the Group raised US$800 million (A$1,014 million net of issue costs) through the issue of 800,000 Trust Preferred Securities of US$1,000. The securities qualify as tier 1 capital of the National. Each Trust Preferred Security pays a semi-annual non-cumulative distribution, in arrears equal to 5.486% per annum until 23 March 2015. After that date the securities will pay a quarterly non-cumulative distribution at the annual rate of 1.5375% over 3 month US$ LIBOR.

 

Impact of the Australian Equivalents of International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS) on Regulatory Capital – effective 1 January 2006

 

On 24 February 2005, APRA issued a discussion paper that outlines how APRA proposes to address the prudential implications of a number of specific AIFRS related changes. APRA’s proposals have potential impacts for the capital position of the National and all the other Australian financial institutions. Refer to page 12 for further details.

 

30



 

SECTION 5

 

 

RESULTS FOR THE HALF YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2005

 

 

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS

 

31



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Total Australia

 

TOTAL AUSTRALIA (1)

 

Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

951

 

940

 

1,053

 

1.2

 

(9.7

)

Wealth Management Australia (1)

 

194

 

149

 

171

 

30.2

 

13.5

 

Total Australia

 

1,145

 

1,089

 

1,224

 

5.1

 

(6.5

)

 


(1)       Wealth Management Australia division includes Asian operations.

 

Financial performance highlights

 

Total Australia delivered growth of 5.1% on the September 2004 half, although the Australian Banking result was well below the March 2004 half. During the March 2005 half the business moved to a period of stabilisation, following the transition to a new regional operating model and appointment of a new leadership team.

 

Australian Banking grew 1.2% on the September 2004 half to $951 million following growth in business and housing lending, as well as retail deposits, with market share in these segments stabilising. Income growth however, has been constrained by net interest margin contraction and there has been a strong focus on expense management. Asset quality indicators remain strong with the increase in the charge to provide for doubtful debts mainly due to volume growth in the current half and the impact of statistical provisioning writebacks in prior periods.

 

Wealth Management Australia grew 30.2% (2.6% after allowing for prior period adjustments) on the September 2004 half to $194 million. Solid growth in the Investments business and strong investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital was partly offset by reduced profits in the Insurance business and increased regulatory and compliance spend.

 

Australian Banking

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

1,888

 

1,834

 

1,867

 

2.9

 

1.1

 

Other operating income

 

1,081

 

1,073

 

1,049

 

0.7

 

3.1

 

Total income

 

2,969

 

2,907

 

2,916

 

2.1

 

1.8

 

Other operating expenses

 

(1,479

)

(1,465

)

(1,306

)

(1.0

)

(13.2

)

Underlying profit

 

1,490

 

1,442

 

1,610

 

3.3

 

(7.5

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(130

)

(97

)

(104

)

(34.0

)

(25.0

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

1,360

 

1,345

 

1,506

 

1.1

 

(9.7

)

Income tax expense

 

(409

)

(405

)

(453

)

(1.0

)

9.7

 

Cash earnings before significant items (1)

 

951

 

940

 

1,053

 

1.2

 

(9.7

)

 


(1)       Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of Australian Banking’s result to Group net profit.

 

32



 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

1.07

%

1.13

%

1.33

%

 

 

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

49.8

%

50.4

%

44.8

%

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) ($’000)

 

104

 

102

 

115

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

2.52

%

2.56

%

2.75

%

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

2.31

%

2.41

%

2.69

%

 

 

 

 

Average balance sheet ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

169.2

 

160.1

 

152.0

 

5.7

%

11.3

%

Interest-earning assets

 

150.1

 

142.9

 

135.5

 

5.0

%

10.8

%

Retail deposits

 

74.1

 

71.6

 

69.9

 

3.5

%

6.0

%

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans ($m)

 

362

 

428

 

428

 

Gross loans and acceptances ($bn)

 

173.9

 

162.2

 

156.0

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

0.21

%

0.26

%

0.27

%

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

34.2

%

29.7

%

33.6

%

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

18,372

 

18,382

 

18,468

 

Market share (%) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

14.49

 

14.35

 

14.63

 

Business (including Institutional Markets & Services)

 

18.38

 

18.61

 

19.00

 

Other Personal

 

14.94

 

15.42

 

15.97

 

Retail deposits (Personal & Business)

 

15.70

 

15.68

 

16.12

 

 


(1)            Source: RBA.

 

Financial performance – movement on September 2004 half

 

Cash earnings before significant items increased 1.2% to $951 million on the September 2004 half driven by income growth of 2.1% and expense containment.

 

Underlying profit increased 3.3% on the September 2004 half, with the following factors driving the result:

 

                  Net interest income growth of 2.9% was driven by business lending and housing lending volume growth in response to the business initiative to restore credit risk settings. Retail deposit volumes have also grown, particularly in low-interest-bearing transaction accounts following the launch in July 2004 of a new flat fee transaction account offering.

 

                  Housing lending growth for March 2005 was 1.5 times financial system and 1.2 times financial system for the financial year to date. Market share of housing lending was 14.49% in March 2005, which represents an increase of 14 basis points on September 2004. A significant proportion of housing growth has been in the lower margin ‘National base variable home loan’ product.

 

                  Growth in Business lending (including bill acceptances) was 1.3 times financial system in March 2005 and 0.8 times financial system for the financial half year to date. Market share of Business lending was 18.38% to March 2005, a decrease of 23 basis points from September 2004. Excluding Corporate/Institutional Markets & Services, business lending growth was 6.8% to March 2005.

 

                  Retail deposit market share was 15.70% in March 2005, an increase of 2 basis points on September 2004.

 

33



 

                  Other Personal lending (including credit cards) grew at 0.5 times financial system for the March 2005 half. Market share of 14.94% as at March 2005 is a decline of 48 basis points from the September 2004 position.

 

                  A reduction in net interest margin of 4 basis points over the half to 2.52% can be primarily attributed to a continued shift in balance sheet mix to lower-margin products and product margin contraction (7 basis points) and unfavourable funding cost (2 basis points), partly offset by an increase in internal capital allocation (5 basis points). The product margin contraction is largely driven by strong growth in lower margin home loan products, particularly ‘National base variable home loans’, and credit cards which includes the seasonality impact of post-Christmas repayments.

 

                  Other operating income growth was largely driven by increased lending fee income as a result of strong growth in bill acceptances.

 

                  Cost growth was arrested in the March 2005 half through range of tactical cost initiatives. Included in the cost base for the March 2005 half is the impact of a 4.5% Enterprise Bargaining Agreement (EBA) wage increase effective 1 January 2005, increased occupancy expenses of $17 million driven by rental reviews and the full occupation of the second Docklands building, and a provision for BAD tax collections. The benefit from longer-term sustainable efficiency initiatives are expected to emerge during 2006.

 

                  At 31 March 2005, the number of full-time equivalent staff was 18,372. Staff numbers fell by 10 from 30 September 2004, which includes the impact of 214 redundancies, offset by an increase of 146 staff in Business and Private Banking to revitalise the frontline and an increase in staff working on projects.

 

The higher charge to provide for doubtful debts was a result of an increase in the charge for statistical provisioning, which reflects solid growth in business lending following the restoration of the credit risk settings of the business. The September 2004 half also included the positive impact of statistical provisioning writebacks in the Cards and Business portfolios and a sale of personal loan and credit card debt.

 

Financial performance – movement on March 2004 half

 

Cash earnings before significant items decreased by 9.7% on the March 2004 half, reflecting a decline in underlying profit levels, and an increase in the charge to provide for doubtful debts. The doubtful debts charge has been impacted by lending volume growth and statistically-based provisioning writebacks in the prior half.

 

Underlying profit decreased 7.5% on the March 2004 half, with the following factors driving the result:

 

                  Net interest income growth was limited by reduced margins on lending and deposit products and by mix factors, despite the growth in volumes and the benefit from the internal change in capital allocation methodology.

 

                  A higher cash and 90-day interest rate differential in the March 2005 half resulted in higher wholesale funding costs relative to variable rate loan pricing. This cost, together with a narrowing of longer-term spreads arising from a less favourable interest rate environment, significantly impacted net interest income growth.

 

                  Net interest margin declined by 23 basis points to 2.52%, with the majority of the movement driven by the shift in the balance sheet to lower margin products (21 basis points), and an unfavourable interest rate environment (5 basis points), offset by an increase from the change in the capital allocation methodology.

 

                  Other operating income grew 3.1% largely driven by bill acceptance lending fees, credit card income and a volume-driven increase in Custodian transaction fee income.

 

                  Increases in the operating expense base of 13.2% have been driven by:

 

                  personnel expense increases as a result of the cessation of the superannuation holiday ($14 million impact) and an increase in performance-based remuneration of $14 million. In addition, the two EBA wage increases, each of 4.5% on 1 January of 2004 and 2005, were major drivers of the increase. Total staff numbers over the two halves reduced by 96;

 

                  occupancy expense increases of $23 million on the March 2004 half as a result of the co-location of Australian Banking and Wealth Management Australia into the Docklands buildings and market rental increases;

 

                  technology-related equipment expenses increases of $15 million, reflecting the impact of increased investment in technology solutions;

 

                  loyalty program costs, and expenditure on advertising increased $18 million to support Cards’ offerings and other product and brand promotions; and

 

                  a non-lending loss provision of $10 million, which was raised in the March 2005 half and relates to BAD tax collections.

 

The higher charge to provide for doubtful debts was impacted by solid volume growth and the restoration of the credit risk settings of the business.

 

34



 

Business developments

 

                  The program of work to transform the Australian business is well underway with a focus on stabilising and re-building the National’s market position and revitalising its product and service offerings. Key achievement to date include:

 

                  re-alignment of the organisational structure with Australian Banking and Wealth Management moved to a single, regional business centred around customers, products and services;

                  appointment of business unit leadership teams to provide direction and leadership;

                  progress on simplifying key operating and back office processes to achieve efficiency improvements and enhance customer service;

                  commencement of developing the regional strategic direction, key themes and priorities;

                  stabilising market share in key segments such as business lending and housing lending, which followed the introduction of new credit settings and extension of greater credit authority to bankers;

                  the ‘on the spot decisions for business loans’ initiative to improve speed of decision making and demonstrate the National’s commitment to business customers;

                  launched a targeted Business and Housing Low Doc package to assist small business and self-employed customers in March 2005;

                  introduced new deposit accounts to encourage and reward regular savings, including the ‘Smart Reward’ and ‘Smart Junior Saver’ Account in February 2005, as well as the re-launch of the Tertiary Students package transaction account;

                  launch of the Visa mini card in February 2005; and

                  implementing a range of sales incentive and training activities across the distribution networks to engage frontline staff.

 

                  Two major sponsorships were announced, with the National becoming the Official Partner of the Melbourne 2006 Commonwealth Games, and the Lead Partner of The Australian Ballet and the Major Sponsor of the National Education Program to promote ballet through educational initiatives across Australia. As part of the Melbourne 2006 Commonwealth Games partnership, the National launched the limited edition, Melbourne 2006 Commonwealth Games National Visa Card - the Official Credit Card of the Games on 7 March 2005.

 

                  In February, the 2005 local community donation program was announced to staff, and the National also announced specific assistance measures for customers affected by the Eyre Peninsular bushfires in South Australia.

 

                  There has been a continued focus on ensuring the National’s Corporate Principles and Compliance framework is embedded appropriately within the business.

 

                  During the March 2005 half, Australian Banking entered into an enforceable undertaking with Australian Securities & Investments Commission (ASIC) requiring, inter alia, a review of training and breach reporting. A report has been submitted to ASIC and independently reviewed. Agreed actions are being implemented. A breach relating to the collection of BAD tax was identified during the half and the estimate of $10 million of refunds required provided for. A potential breach relating to the collection of certain fees was identified in late April 2005. The financial effect of any refunds due has not yet been fully quantified, but management is of the view that it will not be material in the context of the half year results and financial position of the Group.

 

35



 

Wealth Management Australia (1)

 

Wealth Management Australia operates a diverse portfolio of financial services businesses. It provides financial planning, insurance, superannuation and investment solutions to both retail and corporate customers and portfolio implementation systems and infrastructure services to financial advisers. The businesses operate across Australia and Asia.

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Investments (2)

 

115

 

106

 

93

 

8.5

 

23.7

 

Insurance (3)

 

74

 

82

 

83

 

(9.8

)

(10.8

)

Other (including regulatory programs) (4)

 

(42

)

(26

)

(37

)

(61.5

)

(13.5

)

Profit from operations (after tax)

 

147

 

162

 

139

 

(9.3

)

5.8

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses

 

47

 

27

 

42

 

74.1

 

11.9

 

Underlying operating profit after tax and outside equity interest

 

194

 

189

 

181

 

2.6

 

7.2

 

Prior year adjustments

 

 

(40

)

(10

)

large

 

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items (5)

 

194

 

149

 

171

 

30.2

 

13.5

 

Revaluation profit/(loss) after tax

 

51

 

(132

)

148

 

large

 

(65.5

)

Net profit before significant items and after outside equity interest (5)

 

245

 

17

 

319

 

large

 

(23.2

)

 


(1)            Wealth Management Australia division includes Asian operations.

 

(2)            Investments include funds management, funds administration and asset management.

 

(3)    Insurance includes retail insurance (retail risk insurance encompassing term, trauma and disability insurance, traditional life insurance and general insurance agency) and group insurance.

 

(4)    Other includes Financial Planning, other businesses and shareholders branches of the life companies and strategic investment expenditure. The costs of NAFiM investor compensation and enforceable undertakings are included in this line.

 

(5)            Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of Wealth Management Australia’s result to Group net profit.

 

Financial performance – movement on September 2004 half

 

Cash earnings before significant items grew 30.2% from the September 2004 half to $194 million. Net profit before significant items and after outside equity interest for the March 2005 half was $245 million, reflecting solid growth in the Investments business and strong investment earnings on shareholders retained profits and capital, offset by reduced profits in the Insurance business and increased regulatory compliance spend. The overall result was impacted by insurance recoveries in the current half of $19 million after-tax, while the September 2004 half was negatively impacted by prior year adjustments of $(40) million.

 

The revaluation profit reflects the positive impacts from strong investment earnings and ongoing robust expense containment, offset by the impact of lower retail investment margins and the adverse impact of changes in economic assumptions.

 

Financial performance – movement on March 2004 half

 

Cash earnings before significant items grew 13.5% on the March 2004 half to $194 million reflecting the continued improvement in market conditions and the resulting strong growth in the Investments business and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits and capital, offset by reduced profits in the Insurance business and increased regulatory compliance spend.

 

36



 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Investment sales

 

6,335

 

6,965

 

6,723

 

(9.0

)

(5.8

)

Insurance sales

 

103

 

111

 

94

 

(7.2

)

9.6

 

Debt sales

 

733

 

868

 

661

 

(15.6

)

10.9

 

 

Movement on September 2004 half

 

Seasonal variations in Investments and Debt sales are caused by the end of the tax year and the Christmas/New Year period, resulting in comparably higher sales in the September 2004 half.

 

In addition, Investment sales were impacted by the closure of product offerings to new MLC Investment Trust investors. The wholesale business also experienced lower sales in the current half, reflecting the lumpy nature of flows in this business.

 

Insurance sales are down 7.2% from the September 2004 half primarily due to the seasonality of Group Insurance sales.

 

Movement on March 2004 half

 

Investment sales decreased 5.8%, primarily due the impact on retail sales of the closure of product offerings to new MLC Investment Trust investors. Excluding the impact of this closure, retail platform sales increased 8% from the March 2004 half. Additionally, the wholesale business experienced lower sales in the current half, reflecting the lumpy nature of flows in this business.

 

Solid Group Insurance and General Insurance sales contributed to a 9.6% increase in Insurance sales compared to the March 2004 half year.

 

Debt sales have increased 10.9%, reflecting the progress towards a more integrated offer. The profit from debt sales emerges in the Australian Banking result.

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTEs) (No.)

 

4,393

 

4,746

 

4,669

 

(7.4

)

(5.9

)

Financial advisers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank channels (Australia)

 

476

 

460

 

477

 

3.5

 

(0.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aligned channels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

858

 

848

 

909

 

1.2

 

(5.6

)

Asia

 

1,573

 

1,586

 

1,541

 

(0.8

)

2.1

 

Total aligned channels

 

2,431

 

2,434

 

2,450

 

(0.1

)

(0.8

)

Financial advisers (No.) (1)

 

2,907

 

2,894

 

2,927

 

0.4

 

(0.7

)

 


(1)            In addition to banking and aligned channels, Wealth Management Australia has relationships with over 2,750 External Financial Advisers in Australia at March 2005 (September 2004: 2,600, March 2004: 2,250).

 

FTEs are 7.4% and 5.9% below September 2004 and March 2004 respectively, following initiatives to align expenses to business volumes and transition to the new regional operating model.

 

The focus on the recruitment and retention of quality planners continued throughout the half, resulting in an increase in adviser numbers in both the domestic bank and domestic aligned channels. Financial adviser numbers in Asia decreased during the March 2005 half as a result of the introduction of additional adviser training requirements following the launch of the unit-linked product offerings.

 

37



 

Investments

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

%

 

%

 

Total funds under management and administration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot

 

78.7

 

74.6

 

70.5

 

5.5

 

11.6

 

Average

 

77.7

 

72.2

 

68.1

 

7.6

 

14.1

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Dec 04

 

30 Jun 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Market share – Australia % (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Master Funds (2)

 

16.9

 

17.1

 

15.9

 

Annual Master Funds inflows

 

12.3

 

11.6

 

10.9

 

Annual Master Funds outflows

 

14.1

 

14.3

 

12.8

 

Retail funds management (ex cash mgmt)(2)

 

13.2

 

13.1

 

12.2

 

Annual Retail inflows (ex cash mgmt)

 

10.1

 

9.4

 

8.8

 

Annual Retail outflows (ex cash mgmt)

 

11.1

 

10.9

 

9.6

 

Corporate Master Funds (2)

 

21.7

 

18.9

 

12.6

 

Net annual Corporate Master Funds flows

 

41.2

 

18.8

 

18.4

 

 


(1)            Source: Plan for Life Australian Retail & Wholesale Investments Market Share & Dynamics Reports as at 31 December 2004, 30 June 2004 and 31 March 2004.

 

(2)            Plum funds under administration included in market share reporting for the first time at June 2004. Corporate Master Funds are a subset of Total Master Funds and Retail Funds Management.

 

Financial performance – movement on September 2004 half

 

Investments profit from operations (after-tax) increased 8.5%. The result was positively impacted by increased fee revenue following continued growth in funds under management and administration (FUM), with average FUM growing 7.6% over the half year to March 2005.

 

Wealth Management maintained the number one position in the target market of Master Fund FUM in Australia, with market share of 16.9% as at 31 December 2004. Gross annual Master Fund inflows of $8.0 billion were achieved, representing a market share of 12.3%, and ranking second in the industry. Retail FUM (ex cash management) market share was 13.2% ranking second in the industry as at 31 December 2004.

 

Corporate Master Funds increased market share to 21.7%, now ranking number 1 in the industry as at 31 December 2004. Net annual flows market share increased to 41.2%, the result of Plum securing a number of new mandates during the December 2004 quarter.

 

The cost to funds under management ratio for the Investments business* achieved 50 basis points for the March 2005 half as a result of increased funds under management and cost containment. This compares with 56 basis points for the year ended 30 September 2004.

 


*Excludes volume-related expenses.

 

Financial performance – movement on March 2004 half

 

Investments profit from operations (after-tax) increased 23.7%, following increased fee revenue due to the 14.1% growth in average FUM, which was driven by improved investment market conditions, and cost containment.

 

38



 

 

 

Half Year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Opening
Balance
Sep 04

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

Investment
Earnings

 

Other (1) 

 

Closing
Balance
Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Funds under management and administration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Platforms

 

40,977

 

3,175

 

(3,107

)

3,033

 

(423

)

43,655

 

Wholesale

 

21,767

 

2,878

 

(2,101

)

1,288

 

 

23,832

 

Other Retail and Trustee

 

11,288

 

82

 

(722

)

344

 

(367

)

10,625

 

Australia

 

74,032

 

6,135

 

(5,930

)

4,665

 

(790

)

78,112

 

Asia

 

572

 

129

 

(41

)

25

 

(98

)

587

 

Total

 

74,604

 

6,264

 

(5,971

)

4,690

 

(888

)

78,699

 

 

 

 

Half Year ended 30 September 2004

 

 

 

Opening
Balance
Mar 04

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

Investment
Earnings

 

Other (1)

 

Closing
Balance
Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Funds under management and administration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Platforms

 

39,497

 

3,518

 

(3,325

)

2,261

 

(974

)

40,977

 

Wholesale

 

19,069

 

3,137

 

(1,274

)

841

 

(6

)

21,767

 

Other Retail and Trustee

 

11,446

 

11

 

(648

)

276

 

203

 

11,288

 

Australia

 

70,012

 

6,666

 

(5,247

)

3,378

 

(777

)

74,032

 

Asia

 

509

 

134

 

(11

)

 

(60

)

572

 

Total

 

70,521

 

6,800

 

(5,258

)

3,378

 

(837

)

74,604

 

 

 

 

Half Year ended 31 March 2004

 

 

 

Opening
Balance
Sep 03

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

Investment
Earnings

 

Other (1)

 

Closing
Balance
Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Funds under management and administration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Platforms

 

36,992

 

3,048

 

(2,844

)

2,702

 

(401

)

39,497

 

Wholesale

 

16,538

 

3,054

 

(1,710

)

944

 

243

 

19,069

 

Other Retail and Trustee

 

12,695

 

194

 

(747

)

388

 

(1,084

)

11,446

 

Australia

 

66,225

 

6,296

 

(5,301

)

4,034

 

(1,242

)

70,012

 

Asia

 

516

 

131

 

(57

)

27

 

(108

)

509

 

Total

 

66,741

 

6,427

 

(5,358

)

4,061

 

(1,350

)

70,521

 

 


(1)            Other includes trust distributions and flows due to the sale/purchase of businesses and product closures.

 

FUM of $78.7 billion at 31 March 2005 grew $4.1 billion or 5.5% from 30 September 2004, and by 11.6% from 31 March 2004, primarily due to strong investment earnings.

 

Platforms

 

Platform FUM comprises the MLC Masterkey offerings, MLC Investment Trust and the National All In One Pension Plan. Platform net funds flows have been negatively impacted by the closure in the March 2005 half of product offerings to new MLC Investment Trust investors.

 

Wholesale

 

Wholesale continued to experience solid inflows into Plum and JANA implemented consulting, offset by lower net flows in the Capital National Alliance, reflecting the lumpy nature of flows in the wholesale business.

 

Other Retail & Trustee

 

Other Retail and Trustee consists of products which were closed to new business following the integration of the MLC and National Australia Financial Management businesses, funds under trusteeship and Traditional FUM. The outflows relate primarily to the closed National Investments products.

 

39



 

Asia

 

Underlying FUM growth of 15.1% over the March 2005 half, primarily as the result of strong investment earnings, has been partly offset by the impact of the strengthening of the Australian dollar against local currencies.

 

Insurance

 

 

 

Half year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Annual InForce Premiums ($m) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk insurance

 

484.7

 

464.9

 

440.4

 

4.3

 

10.1

 

Group insurance

 

123.0

 

110.7

 

108.2

 

11.1

 

13.7

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Dec 04

 

30 Jun 04

 

31 Dec 03

 

Market share - Australia (%) (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk insurance

 

15.2

 

15.1

 

15.0

 

New retail risk annual premiums

 

12.4

 

13.6

 

15.4

 

 


(1)            Annualised inforce premiums for Australia only. Inforce premiums for Asia are not shown in this table as they are Traditional in nature.

 

(2)            Source: DEXX&R Life Analysis Reports as at 31 December 2004, 30 June 2004 and 31 December 2003. Retail risk insurance includes term, trauma and disability insurance.

 

Financial performance – movement on September 2004 half

 

Insurance profit from operations (after-tax) decreased by 9.8%. The favourable claims experience of 2004 returned to expected levels during the March 2005 half, resulting in lower profits for the Insurance business. Underwriting and claims management remains a priority for the business.

 

At 31 December 2004 Wealth Management Australia retained the number one position for retail risk annual inforce premiums with market share of 15.2%, underpinned by retention of the existing book of business. An increasingly competitive market has resulted in a fall in market share for new retail risk annual premiums to 12.4% at 31 December 2004. The restructure of the business along regional lines, and the opportunity this provides to increase penetration of protection products to banking customers, along with initiatives including the launch of the simplified protection product, MasterKey Protection Essentials, are aimed at further strengthening the competitive position of the business.

 

Cost containment together with growth in the Insurance business has resulted in a cost to premium income ratio for the March 2005 half year of 16% compared with 18% for the September 2004 year.

 

Financial performance – movement on March 2004 half

 

Insurance profit from operations (after-tax) decreased by 10.8%. The favourable claims experience of 2004 returned to expected levels during the March 2005 half, resulting in lower profits for the Insurance business.  Additionally, the implementation of a more conservative capital strategy in the March 2004 half ($5 million) has resulted in lower investment-related profits in the March 2005 half.

 

 

 

Half Year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Opening Balance
Sep 04

 

Sales/New
Business

 

Lapses & other
movements

 

Closing Balance
Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia Half Year Inforce Premiums (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk

 

464.9

 

37.0

 

(17.2

)

484.7

 

Group risk

 

110.7

 

20.3

 

(8.0

)

123.0

 

Total

 

575.6

 

57.3

 

(25.2

)

607.7

 

 

 

 

Half Year ended 30 September 2004

 

 

 

Opening Balance
Mar 04

 

Sales/New
Business

 

Lapses & other
movements

 

Closing Balance
Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia Half Year Inforce Premiums (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk

 

440.4

 

38.6

 

(14.1

)

464.9

 

Group risk

 

108.2

 

29.5

 

(27.0

)

110.7

 

Total

 

548.6

 

68.1

 

(41.1

)

575.6

 

 

40



 

 

 

Half Year ended 31 March 2004

 

 

 

Opening Balance
Sep 03

 

Sales/New
Business

 

Lapses & other
movements

 

Closing Balance
Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia Half Year Inforce Premiums (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk

 

416.9

 

38.2

 

(14.7

)

440.4

 

Group risk

 

109.1

 

14.4

 

(15.3

)

108.2

 

Total

 

526.0

 

52.6

 

(30.0

)

548.6

 

 


(1)            Inforce premiums for Asia are not shown in this table as they are Traditional in nature.

 

Other

 

Financial performance – movement on September 2004 half

 

The loss on Other items for the March 2005 half of $42 million includes $14 million of strategic investment expenditure on the Amazon program (compared to $17 million in the September 2004 half). The March 2005 half result was negatively impacted by increased spend on regulatory and compliance projects ($12 million) including enforceable undertakings, increased discretionary project expenditure ($5 million), and lower profits in the non-life businesses and shareholders branches of the life companies ($8 million). These negative items were partially offset by an insurance recovery relating to the NAFiM Investor Compensation payments ($19 million). The September 2004 half was positively impacted by $13 million relating to the settlement of a legal claim and the finalisation of 2003 tax returns.

 

Financial performance – movement on March 2004 half

 

Expenditure included within Other for the March 2004 half of $9 million related to the Amazon project. The March 2005 half result was negatively impacted by increased spend on regulatory and compliance projects, increased discretionary project expenditure, and lower profits in the non-life businesses and shareholders branches of the life companies. These negative items were partially offset by an insurance recovery relating to the NAFiM Investor Compensation payments ($19 million).

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’
retained profits and capital from life business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

33

 

20

 

28

 

65.0

 

17.9

 

Insurance

 

14

 

7

 

14

 

large

 

 

Total

 

47

 

27

 

42

 

74.1

 

11.9

 

 

Shareholders’ capital is invested in fixed interest and cash (77%) with the remaining balance in equities, consistent with the investment profile of policyholder assets and regional regulatory requirements. The average asset balances of the life insurance statutory funds for the March 2005 half was $1.5 billion.

 

Investment earnings generated on shareholders’ invested capital in the life insurance statutory funds was $47 million, in line with the strong performance of the major stock market indices over the period.

 

The September 2004 half results were impacted by more subdued equity market returns, with the Asian operations particularly impacted by the significant volatility of the MSCI World Index.

 

Prior year adjustments

 

Following a number of years of considerable change impacting the wealth management group, a full review of tax processes and balances was launched during 2004. The outcomes of the review were the recognition of prior year adjustments for tax of $(10) million in the March 2004 half year and $(40) million in the September 2004 half. These adjustments were reflected within change in policy liabilities.

 

41



 

Valuation and revaluation profit

 

The valuation represents the market value of the subsidiaries of the parent life company, National Australia Financial Management Limited (NAFiM). The Wealth Management entities in New Zealand and Europe have remained subsidiaries of NAFiM despite the reorganisation of the business along regional lines, and are therefore still included within the valuation. The valuation provided represents the combined value of the National’s debt and equity interests in the subsidiaries of NAFiM. The National’s debt interests principally relate to loans to Wealth Management Europe and New Zealand used to fund the acquisition of the existing life insurance and funds management businesses of National Australia Group Europe Limited and Bank of New Zealand. The reconciliation between the market valuation below and the deduction for capital adequacy purposes is outlined in note 17.

 

Included within Wealth Management operations, but excluded from the valuation are businesses such as National Australia Trustees and NAFiM’s own business. The valuation also excludes the value created from banking product sales through Wealth Management channels.

 

The valuation increased $81 million (inclusive of $125 million dividend payments and $12 million impact of transfer of franking credits, which decrease market value) from $6,509 million at 30 September 2004 to $6,590 million at 31 March 2005. Values shown are directors’ market valuations. The valuations are based on Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) valuations prepared by Tillinghast, using, for the Australian and New Zealand entities, risk discount rates specified by the directors. The components comprising the change in value are summarised below:

 

NAFiM subsidiaries
Market value summary ($m)

 

Net
assets

 

Value of
inforce
business

 

Embedded
value

 

Value of
future
new
business

 

Market
value

 

Market value at 30 September 2004

 

1,605

 

2,411

 

4,016

 

2,493

 

6,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profits after tax of NAFiM subsidiaries

 

176

 

 

176

 

 

176

 

Capital and other movements

 

(101

)

(48

)

(149

)

 

(149

)

Increase in shareholders net assets

 

75

 

(48

)

27

 

 

27

 

Revaluation profit /(loss) components before tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Business assumptions & roll forward

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Roll forward of DCF

 

 

200

 

200

 

 

200

 

- Change in assumptions & experience

 

 

(77

)

(77

)

(57

)

(134

)

- Tax consolidations – transfer of franking credits to National Group

 

 

(12

)

(12

)

 

(12

)

Revaluation profit before tax

 

 

111

 

111

 

(57

)

54

 

Foreign exchange excess movements

 

32

 

(32

)

 

 

 

Market value at 31 March 2005

 

1,712

 

2,442

 

4,154

 

2,436

 

6,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax on revaluation profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Revaluation profit after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

42



 

Revaluation Profit

 

The revaluation profit before tax of $54 million represents the growth in market value after allowing for changes in shareholder net assets, and is driven by anticipated growth in market values utilising the assumptions adopted at the previous valuation (positive $200 million) and changes to assumptions at this valuation and/or experience since the prior valuation (negative $134 million).

 

The adverse $134 million impact from change in assumptions and experience were due to:

 

                  a negative impact from changing economic assumptions ($154 million), resulting from applying a higher discount rate and lower international businesses values due to a stronger Australian dollar; and

 

                  a small positive impact ($20 million) from changing business assumptions. The positive impact from items of change in the domestic business including benefits from higher than expected investment earnings, ongoing expense control and assumed attrition improvements for superannuation business, was all but offset by the impact of lower assumed margins for retail funds management products.

 

The Europe, Asian and New Zealand businesses had positive experience in local currency.

 

Entities held within the mark to market environment include operations in Australia, Europe, New Zealand and Asia. Distribution of value by both region and business segment are summarised below:

 

NAFiM subsidiaries
Market value summary ($m)

 

Net
assets

 

Value of
inforce
business

 

Embedded
value

 

Value of
future
new
business

 

At
31 Mar 05
Market
value

 

At
30 Sep 04
Market
value

 

By region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,339

 

2,106

 

3,445

 

2,289

 

5,734

 

5,690

 

Europe

 

198

 

215

 

413

 

64

 

477

 

446

 

New Zealand

 

32

 

49

 

81

 

17

 

98

 

85

 

Asia

 

143

 

72

 

215

 

66

 

281

 

288

 

Market value at 31 March 2005

 

1,712

 

2,442

 

4,154

 

2,436

 

6,590

 

6,509

 

By business segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

898

 

1,285

 

2,183

 

1,510

 

3,693

 

3,455

 

Insurance

 

804

 

1,133

 

1,937

 

906

 

2,843

 

2,998

 

Other

 

10

 

24

 

34

 

20

 

54

 

56

 

Market value at 31 March 2005

 

1,712

 

2,442

 

4,154

 

2,436

 

6,590

 

6,509

 

 

The reduction in market value of the insurance business was due to the impact of a dividend payment ($125 million), as well as adverse foreign exchange movements and application of a higher discount rate.

 

Actuarial assumptions applied in the determination of market value

 

Actuarial assumptions applied in the determination of market values for significant Wealth Management businesses held within the mark to market environment are summarised as follows:

 

 

 

March 2005

 

September 2004

 

 

 

New
business
multiplier(2)

 

Risk discount
rate

 

Franking
credit
assumptn

 

New
business
multiplier

 

Risk discount
rate

 

Franking
credit
assumptn

 

 

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

Assumptions applied in the determination of market value(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

8.4

 

11.3-12.4

 

70

 

8.9

 

11.0-12.1

 

70

 

Insurance

 

9.9

 

11.3

 

70

 

9.6

 

11.0

 

70

 

New Zealand

 

8.0

 

11.8-12.9

 

70

 

7.1

 

11.7-12.8

 

70

 

Hong Kong

 

9.0

 

12.0

 

 

9.0

 

12.0

 

 

 


(1)            The bulk of the European valuation was performed on a consolidated basis. Where the European business valuations identified separate values of inforce business and future new business, approximate methods were used to derive the value of future business that did not involve new business multipliers. The risk discount rate used in the European valuations at 31 March 2005 was 10.5% (10.5% at 30 September 2004).

 

(2)            New business multipliers are historical multipliers, and express the value of future business as a multiple of value derived from the most recent 12 months actual sales.

 

43



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Total UK

 

TOTAL UK

 

Summary (includes ongoing and disposed operations)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Banking

 

266

 

284

 

310

 

(6.3

)

(14.2

)

Wealth Management UK

 

31

 

3

 

14

 

large

 

large

 

Total UK (1)

 

297

 

287

 

324

 

3.5

 

(8.3

)

 


(1)            Refer to page 48 for a detailed performance summary of the Total UK result and refer to note 1 for a reconciliation of UK Banking and Wealth Management UK’s result to Group net profit.

 

Financial performance highlights

 

Total UK delivered 3.5% growth on the September 2004 half during a period of transition as the region migrates to a new operating business model following the disposal of the Irish Banks. The current half reflects a period of stabilisation of the business as it moves to the Integrated Financial Solutions proposition and the third party mortgage channel.

 

Total UK (Banking & Wealth Management) Ongoing Operations

 

The following section considers the performance of the ongoing operations of Total UK. It is based on pro-forma information for both current and comparative periods, which has been calculated as Total UK, adjusting for the following:

 

                  excludes the contribution of the Irish Banks to the Total UK results (refer to Note 2 for a reconciliation of the Irish Bank’s results). The Irish Banks were sold on 28 February 2005;

                  excludes the UK custody business, the closure of which was fully provided for in the financial statements at September 2004; and

                  excludes National Australia Life Company Limited, which was sold on 31 December 2003.

 

A complete view of the Total UK operations, is set out on page 48.

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

%

 

%

 

Pounds sterling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

334

 

333

 

345

 

0.3

 

(3.2

)

Other operating income (1)

 

183

 

166

 

176

 

10.2

 

4.0

 

Total income

 

517

 

499

 

521

 

3.6

 

(0.8

)

Other operating expenses (1)

 

(330

)

(325

)

(316

)

(1.5

)

(4.4

)

Underlying profit

 

187

 

174

 

205

 

7.5

 

(8.8

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(35

)

(45

)

(35

)

22.2

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

152

 

129

 

170

 

17.9

 

(10.6

)

Income tax expense

 

(46

)

(35

)

(52

)

(31.4

)

11.5

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

106

 

94

 

118

 

12.8

 

(10.2

)

 


(1)            The five months of 28 February 2005 and the two comparative half years exclude certain fixed head office expenses recharged to the Irish Banks that from 1 March 2005 can no longer be recharged. The March 2005 half includes one month’s income recharge receivable by the UK for transitional services to be provided to Danske Bank A/S.

 

44



 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

0.95

%

0.81

%

1.16

%

 

 

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

63.8

%

65.1

%

60.7

%

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) (£’000)

 

21

 

19

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

4.00

%

4.10

%

4.44

%

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

3.66

%

3.84

%

4.24

%

 

 

 

 

Average balance sheet (£bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

15.6

 

14.8

 

14.3

 

5.3

 

8.8

 

Interest-earning assets

 

16.7

 

16.2

 

15.6

 

2.8

 

7.4

 

Retail deposits

 

11.2

 

11.1

 

10.6

 

1.7

 

5.7

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans (£m)

 

60

 

76

 

70

 

Gross loans and acceptances (£bn)

 

16.3

 

15.3

 

14.3

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

0.37

%

0.49

%

0.49

%

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

56.0

%

56.9

%

55.7

%

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

9,772

 

10,072

 

10,046

 

Financial advisers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank channels

 

112

 

118

 

128

 

Aligned channels

 

53

 

54

 

50

 

Financial advisers (no.)

 

165

 

172

 

178

 

Funds under management and administration (£m)

 

1,513

 

1,674

 

1,613

 

 

Financial Performance of ongoing operations (in local currency) – movement on September 2004 half

 

Cash earnings before significant items increased 12.8% on the September 2004 half reflecting an improved income position and a lower charge to provide for doubtful debts.

 

Underlying profit increased by 7.5% on the September 2004 half with the following factors driving the result:

 

                  Net interest income was flat as the adverse impacts of margin contraction and portfolio mix offset underlying volume growth.

 

                  Lending volumes increased 6.5% from 30 September 2004. Consistent with the Integrated Financial Solutions (IFS) and third party strategies, the continuing focus on mortgage lending has resulted in growth of mortgage volumes of 7.6%.

 

                  Retail deposit volumes fell 0.5% with new product launches, including Current Account Plus, together with re-pricing initiatives on existing products designed to attract ‘new to bank’ deposits being more than offset by the reduction in low yielding customer accounts.

 

                  Net interest margin has decreased from 4.10% to 4.00%. Excluding the benefit of the proceeds from the sale of the Irish Banks (for one month) and an increase in the internal capital allocation, the underlying net interest margin decline over the half was 20 basis points. This underlying decline reflects the shift to lower-margin products within both lending and deposit portfolios, mortgage growth through the recently launched third party distribution channel and current account offerings, conscious deposit re-pricing and the impact of the yield curve on interest rate management activities.

 

                  Other operating income has increased 10.2%, driven by a £9.8 million retrospective profit share payment received for creditor insurance and new income from Danske Bank A/S of £2.1 million in

 

45



 

respect of the provision of transitional services. It was also impacted by an increase in origination fees of £2.3 million driven by the growth of the IFS and third party propositions and the subsequent arrangement fee income generated from additional sales.

 

                  Operating expenses have increased 1.5% with the benefit of restructuring activity to impact the second half of the year. Expense increases have been driven by:

 

                  increase of £6 million due to costs associated with transitional services provided to Danske Bank A/S;

                  expenses in respect of business development have increased (£5 million) including the introduction of a new remuneration package in October 2004. This is a self-sustaining scheme aimed at rewarding strong income performance and is designed to attract and retain top quartile sales people;

                  increased amortisation (£4 million) including the impact of re-phasing of the amortisation period of a large project from 8 to 5 years;

                  costs associated with the implementation of initiatives to improve brand awareness and increase new business sales have grown £3.7 million, including a new front-line incentive scheme, advertising and marketing costs and additional brokerage commission costs in respect of notes in circulation; and

                  higher personnel expenses driven by annual salary increases in January 2005;

 

This has been partly offset by reduced expenditure on investment and compliance projects, which was £12 million lower than in the September 2004 half, due to the completion of large projects, re-scoping of National Australia Group Europe integration and lower usage of external consultants.

 

The charge to provide for doubtful debts has decreased 22.2% on the September 2004 half. This was driven by a single large provision taken in August 2004, together with lower personal loan write-offs in the current half due to reduced sales volumes and the tightening of scorecard criteria, coupled with recoveries relating to the sale of insolvent debt.

 

To cover the cost of restructuring initiatives in the UK a provision of £109 million has been recorded in the March 2005 half as a significant item. This provision will cover costs incurred in streamlining operations, reductions in staffing levels and the reconfiguration of the distribution network in order to create a more lightweight and nimble infrastructure. Annualised savings from the restructuring initiatives are expected to be approximately £117 million.

 

Financial Performance of ongoing operations (in local currency) – movement on March 2004 half

 

Cash earnings before significant items decreased 10.2% on the March 2004 half reflecting higher expense levels and a flat income position.

 

Underlying profit decreased by 8.8% on the March 2004 half with the following factors driving the result:

 

                  Net interest income fell 3.2%, as the impact of margin contraction more than offset volume growth.

 

                  Lending volumes have grown 14.0% since 31 March 2004 mainly due to;

 

                  mortgage lending has increased 18.8% reflecting the success of the brand program, the launch of current account and offset mortgages and the move into the third party distribution channel using selected brokers to sell products to a target market; and

                  Business lending has increased by 13.5%, with growth in both fixed and variable products.

 

                  Retail deposit volumes have increased 4.5% reflecting growth in term and on-demand deposits following the successful launch of the Current Account Plus product in January 2004.

 

                  Net interest margin has contracted from 4.44% to 4.00%. Since the March 2004 half there has been solid growth in the mortgage portfolio (in particular, current account, offset and fixed-rate mortgages through the third party distribution channel). This shift in the mix, conscious re-pricing, retention strategies, interest rate risk management and the Integrated Financial Solutions (IFS) proposition have all impacted the overall margin contraction, which was partly offset by the benefit of the proceeds from the sale of the Irish Banks (for one month) and an increase in the internal capital allocation.

 

                  Other operating income is 4.0% higher mainly due to the increase in the profit share payment received from creditor insurance of £4.6 million and higher income on annual management charges from funds under management and administration (£1.6 million) driven by investment market performance. New income from Danske Bank A/S of £2.1 million for the provision of transitional services and an increase in origination fees of £1.7 million driven by the growth of the IFS and third party propositions and the subsequent arrangement fee income generated from additional sales have also contributed.

 

                  Operating expenses have increased 4.4% driven by:

 

                  expenses in respect of business development have increased (£9 million) including the introduction of a new remuneration package in October 2004;

 

46



 

                  expenditure on investment and compliance projects increased by £6 million (including increased expenditure on Basel II, Sarbanes-Oxley and IFRS, and a reduction on front-end systems);

                  increase of £6 million due to the cost of transitional services provided to Danske Bank A/S;

                  annual rent and rates review increased expenses by £2.5 million;

                  increased amortisation (£2.5 million) including the impact of re-phasing of the amortisation period of a large project from 8 to 5 years; and

                  costs associated with the implementation of initiatives to improve brand awareness and increase new business sales have increased £2.8 million.

 

This has been partly offset by lower non-lending losses, which are £2 million below the March 2004 half due to improvements in fraud strategies and training.

 

The charge to provide for doubtful debts was flat on the March 2004 half.

 

Business developments

 

                  Northern and National Irish Banks were sold on 28 February 2005 to Danske Bank A/S generating a net profit on sale after all disposal costs including taxation of A$1,073 million (£438 million). The remaining UK operation will continue to provide certain support functions to Danske Bank A/S at an agreed cost for an 18-month transitional period.

 

                  Continuation of the National’s UK Growth Program to create an efficient, competitive business that delivers leading products, great service and lasting shareholder value. The key aspects of which are:

 

                  15 financial solutions concepts were operational in the South East of England by 31 March 2005;

                  the commencement of the roll out of the financial solutions concepts into the heartland markets in the north of England and Scotland with plans to transform approximately 40 business banking centres into financial solutions centres;

                  the re-alignment of the Group’s high street branch presence to reflect changing customer usage and needs, including the establishment of 50 ‘flagship’ branches in key centres, which will also offer banking services to the micro-business segment; and

                  the rapid expansion into the mortgage intermediary market, marketing Clydesdale Bank branded mortgage products through third party distributors. More than 100 relationships have been established with some of the UK’s leading brokers.

 

                  Clydesdale Bank’s Commercial Paper roadshow was completed on 10 March 2005 with the Clydesdale Bank name being well-received by investors.

 

                  Progress in the ongoing integration of Clydesdale Bank and Yorkshire Bank, including the completion of the legal entity merger of the two banks on 1 December 2004 and the move to one management structure.

 

                  Customer service metrics show customer satisfaction continues to improve with an 11% reduction in customer complaints driven by ongoing customer service initiatives.

 

                  The launch of three major sponsorships - the Clydesdale Bank sponsorship of the Scottish Commonwealth Games team, the Yorkshire Bank sponsorship of Opera North, and the sponsorship of the Twenty20 Cup cricket.

 

47



 

Supplementary Performance Summary (includes ongoing and disposed operations - eg. includes the Irish Banks)

 

Performance Summary – Total UK (Banking & Wealth Management)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Australian dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,002

 

1,103

 

1,055

 

(9.2

)

(5.0

)

Other operating income

 

522

 

539

 

536

 

(3.2

)

(2.6

)

Total income

 

1,524

 

1,642

 

1,591

 

(7.2

)

(4.2

)

Other operating expenses

 

(1,006

)

(1,121

)

(1,017

)

10.3

 

1.1

 

Underlying profit

 

518

 

521

 

574

 

(0.6

)

(9.8

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(91

)

(124

)

(100

)

26.6

 

9.0

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

427

 

397

 

474

 

7.6

 

(9.9

)

Income tax expense

 

(130

)

(110

)

(150

)

(18.2

)

13.3

 

Cash earnings before significant items (1)

 

297

 

287

 

324

 

3.5

 

(8.3

)

 


(1)       Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of UK Banking and Wealth Management UK’s result to Group net profit.

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

%

 

%

 

Pounds sterling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

409

 

433

 

441

 

(5.5

)

(7.3

)

Other operating income

 

214

 

211

 

224

 

1.4

 

(4.5

)

Total income

 

623

 

644

 

665

 

(3.3

)

(6.3

)

Other operating expenses

 

(412

)

(439

)

(425

)

6.2

 

3.1

 

Underlying profit

 

211

 

205

 

240

 

(2.9

)

(12.1

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(37

)

(49

)

(42

)

24.5

 

11.9

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

174

 

156

 

198

 

11.5

 

(12.1

)

Income tax expense

 

(53

)

(43

)

(63

)

(23.3

)

15.9

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

121

 

113

 

135

 

7.1

 

(10.4

)

 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

0.85

%

0.78

%

1.01

%

Cost to income ratio

 

66.1

%

68.2

%

63.9

%

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) (£’000)

 

20

 

17

 

21

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

3.75

%

3.93

%

4.18

%

Net interest spread

 

3.19

%

3.47

%

3.80

%

Average balance sheet (£bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

19.2

 

19.8

 

19.2

 

Interest-earning assets

 

21.9

 

22.0

 

21.1

 

Retail deposits

 

15.0

 

15.6

 

15.1

 

 

48



 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans (£m)

 

60

 

109

 

103

 

Gross loans and acceptances (£bn)

 

16.3

 

20.4

 

19.4

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

0.37

%

0.53

%

0.53

%

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

56.0

%

46.0

%

43.8

%

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

9,772

 

12,865

 

12,886

 

Financial advisers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank channels

 

112

 

157

 

171

 

Aligned channels

 

53

 

64

 

55

 

Financial advisers (no.)

 

165

 

221

 

226

 

Funds under management and administration (£m)

 

1,513

 

1,674

 

1,613

 

 

49



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Total New Zealand

 

TOTAL NEW ZEALAND

 

Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand Banking

 

159

 

137

 

159

 

16.1

 

 

Wealth Management New Zealand

 

4

 

6

 

5

 

(33.3

)

(20.0

)

Total New Zealand

 

163

 

143

 

164

 

14.0

 

(0.6

)

 

Financial performance highlights

 

Total New Zealand’s performance has been driven by solid volume growth and margin management, flat fee income and the negative impact of increased compliance and pension costs. Leveraging the growth in the relaunched ‘Bank Smarter’ brand and a focus on customer satisfaction, the Bank of New Zealand (BNZ) is well positioned to implement its targeted strategies across key segments.

 

Total New Zealand (Banking & Wealth Management)

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Australian dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

388

 

374

 

346

 

3.7

 

12.1

 

Other operating income

 

202

 

203

 

199

 

(0.5

)

1.5

 

Total income

 

590

 

577

 

545

 

2.3

 

8.3

 

Operating expenses

 

(337

)

(344

)

(289

)

2.0

 

(16.6

)

Underlying profit

 

253

 

233

 

256

 

8.6

 

(1.2

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(12

)

(8

)

(13

)

(50.0

)

7.7

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

241

 

225

 

243

 

7.1

 

(0.8

)

Income tax expense

 

(78

)

(82

)

(79

)

4.9

 

1.3

 

Cash earnings before significant items (1)

 

163

 

143

 

164

 

14.0

 

(0.6

)

 


(1)  Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of New Zealand Banking and Wealth Management New Zealand’s result to Group net profit.

 

 

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

%

 

%

 

New Zealand dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

420

 

415

 

395

 

1.2

 

6.3

 

Other operating income

 

219

 

226

 

227

 

(3.1

)

(3.5

)

Total income

 

639

 

641

 

622

 

(0.3

)

2.7

 

Operating expenses

 

(366

)

(380

)

(330

)

3.7

 

(10.9

)

Underlying profit

 

273

 

261

 

292

 

4.6

 

(6.5

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(13

)

(9

)

(15

)

(44.4

)

13.3

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

260

 

252

 

277

 

3.2

 

(6.1

)

Income tax expense

 

(84

)

(91

)

(90

)

7.7

 

6.7

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

176

 

161

 

187

 

9.3

 

(5.9

)

 

50



 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

1.00

%

0.96

%

1.15

%

 

 

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

57.3

%

59.3

%

53.1

%

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) (NZ$’000)

 

78

 

70

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

2.50

%

2.62

%

2.60

%

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

2.21

%

2.38

%

2.45

%

 

 

 

 

Average balance sheet (NZ$bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

29.4

 

27.3

 

25.6

 

7.7

%

14.8

%

Interest-earning assets

 

33.7

 

31.6

 

30.3

 

6.6

%

11.2

%

Retail deposits

 

17.4

 

17.2

 

16.6

 

1.2

%

4.8

%

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans (NZ$m)

 

97

 

93

 

39

 

Gross loans and acceptances (NZ$bn)

 

30.3

 

27.9

 

26.2

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

0.32

%

0.33

%

0.15

%

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

27.1

%

24.6

%

56.5

%

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

4,549

 

4,596

 

4,501

 

Market share (%) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

16.2

 

15.9

 

15.7

 

Agribusiness

 

17.8

 

17.5

 

18.5

 

Cards

 

30.8

 

30.5

 

31.2

 

Retail deposits (personal & business)

 

18.7

 

18.3

 

18.7

 

 


(1)       Source: RBNZ.

 

Financial Performance (in local currency) – movement on September 2004 half

 

Cash earnings before significant items increased 9.3% on the September 2004 half, reflecting solid volume growth and declines in technology-related expenses, partly offset by a decline in margins.

 

Underlying profit increased 4.6% on the September 2004 half as a result of a number of factors:

 

                  Net interest income grew by 1.2% reflecting strong volume growth in housing, partly offset by increased downward pressure on the net interest margin and the negative impact of an internal change in capital allocation methodology (offset in Group Funding and with no impact on total Group margin). Excluding the methodology change, net interest income grew 4.3%.

 

                  Housing volumes grew at an annualised rate of 19.0%, which has exceeded systems growth of 15.4% (Registered Banks). This performance reflects the continuing success of BNZ’s implementation of a consistent and targeted home loan strategy, which is delivering the fastest period of home lending growth for BNZ. This is particularly satisfying given BNZ’s exit of the third party broker channel in 2003.

 

                  The decline in the net interest margin by 12 basis points to 2.50% was negatively impacted 7 basis points by the capital allocation methodology change, with the remaining 5 basis point decline due to heightened competition, combined with a change in product mix. Margin decline has been minimised with disciplined management of deposit margins on the back of a 50 basis point increase in the official cash rate to 6.75%.

 

                  Other operating income declined 3.1% as BNZ continues to focus on making the customer proposition more attractive to drive sustainable and longer-term relationships. This has seen BNZ improve on its overall customer satisfaction trends in recent years.

 

51



 

                  Operating expenses decreased 3.7% due to the timing of technology-related charges associated with the integrated systems implementation (ISI) incurred in the September 2004 half of NZ$27 million. Underlying operating expenses have increased 3.7% due to higher personnel costs and increased advertising expenses. The increase in personnel costs reflects annual salary increases while advertising and marketing costs increased due to the ‘Global Plus’ credit card re-launch and the ‘Unbeatable’ housing campaigns in the March 2005 half.

 

Overall asset quality remains sound, as growth in lending assets continues. The ratio of gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances improved slightly to 0.32%.

 

Financial Performance (in local currency) – movement on March 2004 half

 

Cash earnings before significant items decreased by 5.9% on the March 2004 half, reflecting a large expense increase, partly offset by solid net interest income growth.

 

Underlying profit decreased 6.5% on the March 2004 half as a result of a number of factors:

 

                  Net interest income grew by 6.3% reflecting strong volume growth in housing and business lending, partly offset by the negative impact of an internal change in capital allocation methodology. Excluding this impact, net interest income grew by 9.6% over the March 2004 half.

 

                  Net interest margin declined 10 basis points from 2.60% to 2.50%, of which 7 basis points is due to the change in capital allocation methodology. Disciplined margin management has ensured that the downward pressure on lending margins due to heightened competition and a change in product mix, has been offset by robust retail deposit margins which have benefited from the rising interest rate environment as the official cash rate increased 150 basis points to 6.75%.

 

                  Other operating income has declined 3.5% reflecting a continuing trend as customers move towards lower cost channels and fee structures are simplified to make the customer proposition more attractive.

 

                  Operating expenses increased 10.9% due to:

      increased personnel costs reflecting annual salary increases, a slight increase in staff numbers and higher pension costs;

      higher costs associated with compliance projects related to IFRS, Basel II and Sarbanes-Oxley; and

      growth in advertising and marketing costs due to the ‘Global Plus’ credit card re-launch and the ‘Unbeatable’ housing campaigns.

 

Overall asset quality remains sound despite an increase in gross non-accrual loans as a percentage of gross loans and acceptances to 0.32% due to a large agribusiness exposure, which was classified as a non-accrual loan in the September 2004 half year.

 

Business developments

 

                  Following the re-appointment of branch managers in the September 2004 half, BNZ have now re-deployed Personal & Business managers back into key sites. The combination of a specialised customer facing sales force with leading edge product offerings has BNZ rated number one for branch service of all major banks for 2004 (source: AC Nielsen 2004 Customer Finance Monitor, date: December 2004). Three out of four main bank customers rated BNZ branch service as ‘excellent’ or ‘very good’.

 

                  Improvements in brand awareness and preference following an overhaul of the brand during the last three years and the introduction of the new ‘Bank Smarter’ proposition from mid-2004.

 

                  Share of the home loans market has improved, with market share reaching 16.2% in March 2005, up from 15.9% as at September 2004 (based on Reserve Bank data for registered banks). While the public focus was on the ‘Unbeatable’ campaign in the last quarter of 2004, BNZ’s strategy in home loans was evident throughout the whole of 2004, with BNZ leveraging its solid customer satisfaction, products and pricing advantage in the home loan arena to increase market share.

 

                  Improvement in BNZ’s share of the under-30-year-olds market with BNZ’s market share increasing to 8% (December 2004) from 6% a year earlier (source: ACNielsen - measured as main bank share). These gains followed heavy on-campus presence by the BNZ during orientation weeks at major universities, and the launch of a new under-30s product, Smart Money, in early 2004.

 

                  The March 2005 underlying return on assets for the BNZ franchise (including Institutional Markets & Services and Group Funding) at 1.30% is above industry benchmarks.

 

52



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Institutional Markets & Services

 

INSTITUTIONAL MARKETS & SERVICES

 

Institutional Markets & Services (IMS) comprises Markets, Corporate Loan Portfolio, Structured Products, Credit Products, Financial Institutions Group and a Support Services unit.

 

IMS is transitioning from a ‘relationship management’ business model aimed at the Corporate and Financial Institutions segments, to a ‘product specialist/product management’ business model aimed at providing products across the Group’s business base. With the exception of Financial Institutions, the client relationships served by IMS are maintained within the regional structures across the Group. IMS operates through an international network of offices in Australia, Europe, New Zealand, the US and Asia.

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

 

 

Fav/(Unfav)

 

 

 

 

 

Change on

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

Ex FX(1)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

281

 

274

 

2.6

 

4.7

 

Other operating income

 

486

 

354

 

37.3

 

39.8

 

Total income

 

767

 

628

 

22.1

 

24.5

 

Operating expenses

 

(366

)

(368

)

0.5

 

(1.9

)

Underlying profit

 

401

 

260

 

54.2

 

56.5

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(48

)

(25

)

(92.0

)

(88.0

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

353

 

235

 

50.2

 

53.2

 

Income tax expense

 

(45

)

(14

)

large

 

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

308

 

221

 

39.4

 

42.5

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

(4

)

large

 

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items and after outside equity interest (2)

 

308

 

217

 

41.9

 

45.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 04

 

Mar 04

 

Ex FX(1)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

281

 

344

 

(18.3

)

(18.9

)

Other operating income

 

486

 

512

 

(5.1

)

(5.7

)

Total income

 

767

 

856

 

(10.4

)

(11.0

)

Operating expenses

 

(366

)

(337

)

(8.6

)

(8.0

)

Underlying profit

 

401

 

519

 

(22.7

)

(23.3

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(48

)

(88

)

45.5

 

45.5

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

353

 

431

 

(18.1

)

(18.8

)

Income tax expense

 

(45

)

(85

)

47.1

 

47.1

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

308

 

346

 

(11.0

)

(11.8

)

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

(5

)

large

 

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items and after outside equity interest (2)

 

308

 

341

 

(9.7

)

(10.6

)

 


(1)       Change expressed at constant exchange rates.

(2)       Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of Institutional Markets & Services’ result to Group net profit.

 

53



 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

0.37

%

0.27

%

0.42

%

 

 

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

47.7

%

58.6

%

39.4

%

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) ($’000) (3)

 

298

 

213

 

349

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

0.40

%

0.41

%

0.54

%

 

 

 

 

Average balance sheet ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core lending

 

40.6

 

39.5

 

37.2

 

2.8

 

9.1

 

Gross loans and acceptances (4)

 

45.4

 

45.1

 

42.7

 

0.7

 

6.3

 

Interest-earning assets – external

 

101.4

 

97.5

 

96.1

 

4.0

 

5.5

 

Interest-earning – internal (5)

 

38.4

 

35.5

 

30.6

 

8.2

 

25.5

 

Interest-earning assets - total

 

139.8

 

133.0

 

126.7

 

5.1

 

10.3

 

 


(3)       Cash earnings before significant items and after outside equity interest.

(4)       Gross loans and acceptances equate to core lending and bill acceptances.

(5)       Internal interest-earning assets include funding of the Group’s operations.

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets - total

 

120.3

 

136.4

 

123.2

 

(11.8

)

(2.4

)

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans ($m)

 

501

 

423

 

719

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances ($bn)

 

43.4

 

45.0

 

43.0

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

1.15

%

0.94

%

1.67

%

 

 

 

 

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

31.7

%

29.0

%

28.5

%

 

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

2,066

 

2,073

 

1,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Performance (at constant exchange rates) – movement on September 2004 half

 

Cash earnings before significant items and after outside equity interest of $308 million increased by 45.2% on the September 2004 half. The financial performance for the 2004 year was dominated by the impact of the currency options incident, including the loss of income from the inability to offer a full product suite, a reduced risk profile, and the diversion of senior staff to addressing remediation actions. In the March 2005 half year, whilst considerable effort has continued to be applied to the remedial actions and improved control framework, management focus has returned to building a portfolio of businesses which will deliver sustainable client income streams.

 

Underlying profit increased 56.5% on the September 2004 half as a result of a number of factors:

 

                  Total income was 24.5% higher, with net interest income up 4.7% and other operating income up by 39.8%. The increase in income was due to:

 

                  higher fee income in the Markets division predominantly in Australia due to strong sales of tailored products to the business market segment, significant corporate sales activity and increased volatility in the interest and exchange rate markets that provided improved trading opportunities;

                  fee income growth in Structured Products income as a result of timing of deal flows; and

                  higher Credit Products interest income, as the September 2004 half included the reversal of capitalised interest of $38 million on a large project finance exposure which was classified as a non-accrual loan.

 

                  Expenses increased 1.9% primarily due to increased staffing costs reflecting full impact of increased investment in the control environment in 2004 and salary increases as a result of the 1 January 2005 EBA wage increase, partially offset by lower non personnel costs as a result of the focus on cost control.

 

                  Average external interest-earning assets have increased by $3.9 billion, as a result of growth in Markets’ trading assets early in the half and growth in core lending assets, predominantly in Europe, together

 

54



 

with increased short-term funding of the Group’s balance sheet. On a spot basis, interest-earning assets are down by $16.1 billion following the strategic decision, which commenced implementation in the second quarter, to release capital invested in low-yielding assets to improve returns in the IMS business.

 

                  The net interest margin has remained relatively flat at 0.40%. However, after adjusting for the reversal of capitalised interest income on a non-accrual loan in the September 2004 half, net interest margin has reduced by approximately 7 basis points mainly reflecting the lower income generated by Markets due to the prevailing yield curve environment.

 

Asset quality remains strong, with the level of exposures rated as investment grade or above increasing from 92.7% at 30 September 2004 to 94.8% at 31 March 2005. The higher charge to provide for doubtful debts is primarily the result of the need to provide for a number of exposures classified as non-accrual during the half. This has also resulted in the level of gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances deteriorating from 0.94% at 30 September 2004 to 1.16%, however, the specific provision coverage to gross impaired assets has improved 2.7 percentage points to 31.7%.

 

Financial Performance (at constant exchange rates) – movement on March 2004 half

 

Cash earnings before significant items and after outside equity interest decreased by 10.6% on the March 2004 half.

 

Underlying profit decreased 23.3% on the March 2004 half as a result of a number of factors:

 

                  Total income was 11.0% lower than the March 2004 half year predominantly due to lower Markets risk and trading income in Europe, with income from favourable yield curves in late 2003 not being sustained as global interest rates moved into a rising rate phase, coupled with a comparative slow down of Structured Product deal opportunities.

 

                  Expenses increased by 8.0% due to an increase in staff numbers to address APRA remedial work and to improve the risk control framework, the impact of the EBA wage increase, higher rental costs and costs associated with Basel II and IFRS projects.

 

                  Average external interest-earning assets have increased by $5.3 billion, as a result of growth in Markets trading assets and growth in core lending assets, predominantly in Europe, together with increased short-term funding of the Group’s balance sheet. On a spot basis, interest-earning assets are down by $2.9 billion, following the strategic decision to release capital invested in low yielding assets to improve returns in the IMS business.

 

                  The reduction in net interest margin to 0.40% is largely due to lower net interest income from reduced Markets risk and trading income as outlined above.

 

The lower charge to provide for doubtful debts reflects the higher level of specific provisions taken in the March 2004 half.

 

Business developments

 

                  During the March 2005 half year, management carried out a detailed review of the IMS operating model, regional footprint and strategic alignment within the Group. As a result of this review, IMS has commenced a significant transformation of its business in transitioning from a balance sheet focus to a more efficient, higher equity return business. The key themes underpinning this strategy are:

 

                  release of capital currently invested in assets generating low returns for redeployment within the Group;

                  growth in sustainable income streams through new product initiatives and significantly improved distribution capability; and

                  a low cost, simplified business platform.

 

                  In line with the above strategy, IMS has undertaken a significant review of its Asian business resulting in a rationalisation of its footprint in this region, including the proposed exit of IMS activities in Seoul, Singapore, Tokyo and Malaysia. IMS will continue to maintain its branch in Hong Kong where focus will be supporting key customer relationships and Markets activities. Management of the retail activities in the Asian branches will be transferred to the Australian Banking division.

 

                  A restructure provision reflecting the transformation initiatives will be booked in the September 2005 half.

 

                  Significant progress has been made on the remedial action plans implemented to address issues raised by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) and PricewaterhouseCoopers following the currency options incident. The re-opening of the foreign exchange options desk on 9 May 2005 was approved by APRA and follows the completion of the specific requirements stipulated for re-opening the desk.

 

55



 

Management Discussion & Analysis – Other (including Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

OTHER (GROUP FUNDING & CORPORATE CENTRE)

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav/(Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

By Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Funding (1)

 

(56

)

(16

)

(49

)

(40

)

(7

)

Corporate Centre

 

(144

)

(16

)

(60

)

(128

)

(84

)

Other (2)

 

(200

)

(32

)

(109

)

(168

)

(91

)

 


(1)       Excess capital has been included within the Group Funding result and comparatives have been reclassified.

 

(2)       Refer to Note 1 for a reconciliation of Other (including Group Funding & Corporate Centre) to Group net profit.

 

Group Funding

 

Group Funding acts as the central vehicle for movements of capital and structural funding to support the Group’s operations. This minimises the earnings distortion to the operating divisions and enhances the comparability of divisional performance over time.

 

Financial performance – movement on September 2004 half

 

Group Funding’s deficit increased on the September 2004 half by $40 million primarily due to:

 

                  a reduction in net interest income, due to a higher capital benefit paid to operating divisions as a result of higher economic capital being attributed to those divisions resulting from a change in capital allocation (offset in the operating divisions – no impact on Group results); and

 

                  other costs relating to the management of the Group’s ongoing funding activity and securitisation programs.

 

Financial performance – movement on March 2004 half

 

Group Funding’s deficit increased on the March 2004 half by $7 million primarily due to:

 

                  a reduction in net interest income, due to a higher capital benefit paid to operating divisions as a result of higher economic capital being attributed to those divisions resulting from a change in capital allocation (offset in the divisions – no impact on Group results);

 

                  other costs relating to the management of the Group’s ongoing funding activity and securitisation programs; partly offset by

 

                  unfavourable one-off items in the March 2004 half.

 

56



 

Corporate Centre

 

Corporate Centre comprises the following non-operating units – Finance & Risk Management, People & Culture, Technology, Corporate Development, Nautilus Insurance, Office of the CEO, and Group eliminations.

 

Financial performance – movement on September 2004 half

 

Corporate Centre’s deficit increased on the September 2004 half by $128 million primarily due to:

 

                  costs of $49 million associated with a Northern Bank robbery in December 2004, in relation to which no future income tax benefit has been raised (note an additional $7 million has been recognised in the Total UK Regional results);

 

                  costs associated with the outcome of a legal action in South Korea awarded against the National of $49 million, in relation to which no future income tax benefit has been raised;

 

                  self-insurance costs payable to NAFIM on insurance recoveries of $19 million (after-tax); and

 

                  timing differences relating to Divisional recharges associated with Basel II and IFRS.

 

Financial performance – movement on March 2004 half

 

Corporate Centre’s deficit increased on the March 2004 half year by $84 million primarily due to:

 

                  costs of $49 million associated with a Northern Bank robbery in December 2004, in relation to which no future income tax benefit has been raised (note an additional $7 million has been recognised in the Total UK Regional results);

 

                  costs associated with the outcome of a legal action in South Korea awarded against the National of $49 million, in relation to which no future income tax benefit has been raised;

 

                  self-insurance costs payable to NAFIM on insurance recoveries of $19 million (after-tax); partly offset by

 

                  $22 million (after tax) write-off of development work associated with the Integrated Systems Implementation (ISI) program in the March 2004 half.

 

57



 

SECTION 6

 

RESULTS FOR THE HALF YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2005

 

DETAILED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following section does not purport to be a set of financial statements. For the Group's financial statements refer to the Appendix 4D filed with the ASX.

 

1a.

Performance Summary by Division

59

1b.

Performance Summary for Total Banking

62

2.

Irish Banks

63

3.

Net Interest Income

66

4.

Net Interest Margins & Spreads

67

5.

Average Balance Sheet & Related Interest

69

6.

Gross Loans & Advances

74

7.

Deposits & Other Borrowings

77

8.

Net Life Insurance Income

79

9.

Revenue

80

10.

Expenses

82

11.

Full Time Equivalent Employees

84

12.

Doubtful Debts

85

13.

Asset Quality

86

14.

Income Tax Reconciliation

88

15.

Significant Items

90

16.

Exchange Rates

91

17.

Capital Adequacy

93

18.

Reconciliation of Number of Shares

96

19.

Cash Earnings per Share

97

20.

Geographic Performance Summary

98

21.

Risk Management

99

 

58



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 1a: Performance Summary by Division

 

1a. PERFORMANCE SUMMARY BY DIVISION

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Wealth Management (WM)

 

Total

 

Elimina–

 

Total

 

 

 

Note

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

IM&S

 

Other(1)

 

Banking

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

WM

 

tions(2)

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Half Year to 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3

 

1,888

 

997

 

387

 

281

 

(4

)

3,549

 

(2

)

5

 

1

 

4

 

 

3,553

 

Net life insurance income ex IORE (3)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

486

 

 

9

 

495

 

 

495

 

Investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital (IORE)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

1

 

63

 

 

63

 

Other operating income (4)

 

9

 

1,081

 

429

 

178

 

486

 

(64

)

2,110

 

312

 

138

 

11

 

461

 

(81

)

2,490

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

2,969

 

1,426

 

565

 

767

 

(68

)

5,659

 

858

 

143

 

22

 

1,023

 

(81

)

6,601

 

Operating expenses (5)

 

10

 

(1,479

)

(952

)

(315

)

(366

)

(134

)

(3,246

)

(293

)

(99

)

(19

)

(411

)

81

 

(3,576

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

1,490

 

474

 

250

 

401

 

(202

)

2,413

 

565

 

44

 

3

 

612

 

 

3,025

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

12

 

(130

)

(91

)

(12

)

(48

)

 

(281

)

 

 

 

 

 

(281

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

1,360

 

383

 

238

 

353

 

(202

)

2,132

 

565

 

44

 

3

 

612

 

 

2,744

 

Income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income & IORE

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(192

)

 

 

(192

)

 

(192

)

Other

 

14

 

(409

)

(117

)

(79

)

(45

)

2

 

(648

)

(25

)

(13

)

1

 

(37

)

 

(685

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

 

 

951

 

266

 

159

 

308

 

(200

)

1,484

 

348

 

31

 

4

 

383

 

 

1,867

 

WM revaluation profit after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

51

 

 

51

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

 

(31

)

(4

)

 

(15

)

(50

)

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

Net profit/(loss) before significant items

 

 

 

951

 

235

 

155

 

308

 

(215

)

1,434

 

399

 

31

 

4

 

434

 

 

1,868

 

Significant items after tax

 

15

 

(66

)

902

 

(1

)

17

 

(6

)

846

 

(16

)

(9

)

 

(25

)

 

821

 

Net profit/(loss)

 

 

 

885

 

1,137

 

154

 

325

 

(221

)

2,280

 

383

 

22

 

4

 

409

 

 

2,689

 

Net profit - outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(154

)

 

 

(154

)

 

(154

)

Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

885

 

1,137

 

154

 

325

 

(221

)

2,280

 

229

 

22

 

4

 

255

 

 

2,535

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(95

)

Earnings attributable to ordinary Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,440

 

 


(1)            Other includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and elimination entries within Total Banking.

(2)            Elimination of inter-divisional income and expenses (eg. revenue sharing arrangements between divisions).

(3)            Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses).

(4)           Other operating income excludes the net interest income, net life insurance income, investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses and revaluation profit/(loss).

(5)            Operating expenses excludes the life insurance expenses incorporated within net life insurance income (Wealth Management only).

 

59



 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Wealth Management (WM)

 

Total

 

Elimina–

 

Total

 

 

 

Note

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

IM&S

 

Other(1)

 

Banking

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

WM

 

tions(2)

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Half Year to 30 September 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3

 

1,834

 

1,099

 

373

 

274

 

23

 

3,603

 

(2

)

4

 

1

 

3

 

 

3,606

 

Net life insurance income ex IORE (3)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

519

 

 

4

 

523

 

 

523

 

Investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital (IORE)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

34

 

 

34

 

Other operating income (4)

 

9

 

1,073

 

458

 

179

 

354

 

(22

)

2,042

 

266

 

126

 

16

 

408

 

(75

)

2,375

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

2,907

 

1,557

 

552

 

628

 

1

 

5,645

 

817

 

130

 

21

 

968

 

(75

)

6,538

 

Operating expenses (5)

 

10

 

(1,465

)

(1,038

)

(325

)

(368

)

(26

)

(3,222

)

(286

)

(128

)

(15

)

(429

)

75

 

(3,576

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

1,442

 

519

 

227

 

260

 

(25

)

2,423

 

531

 

2

 

6

 

539

 

 

2,962

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

12

 

(97

)

(124

)

(8

)

(25

)

 

(254

)

 

 

 

 

 

(254

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

1,345

 

395

 

219

 

235

 

(25

)

2,169

 

531

 

2

 

6

 

539

 

 

2,708

 

Income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income & IORE

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(89

)

 

1

 

(88

)

 

(88

)

Other

 

14

 

(405

)

(111

)

(82

)

(14

)

(7

)

(619

)

14

 

1

 

(1

)

14

 

 

(605

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

 

 

940

 

284

 

137

 

221

 

(32

)

1,550

 

456

 

3

 

6

 

465

 

 

2,015

 

WM revaluation loss after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(132

)

 

 

(132

)

 

(132

)

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

 

(31

)

(4

)

 

(15

)

(50

)

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

Net profit/(loss) before significant items

 

 

 

940

 

253

 

133

 

221

 

(47

)

1,500

 

324

 

3

 

6

 

333

 

 

1,833

 

Significant items after tax

 

15

 

(123

)

(85

)

(46

)

(40

)

(162

)

(456

)

(12

)

(43

)

 

(55

)

 

(511

)

Net profit/(loss)

 

 

 

817

 

168

 

87

 

181

 

(209

)

1,044

 

312

 

(40

)

6

 

278

 

 

1,322

 

Net profit - outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

(4

)

(307

)

 

 

(307

)

 

(311

)

Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

817

 

168

 

87

 

177

 

(209

)

1,040

 

5

 

(40

)

6

 

(29

)

 

1,011

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(93

)

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

918

 

 


(1)    Other includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and elimination entries within Total Banking.

(2)    Elimination of inter-divisional income and expenses (eg. revenue sharing arrangements between divisions).

(3)    Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses).

(4)    Other operating income excludes the net interest income, net life insurance income, investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses and revaluation profit/(loss).

(5)    Operating expenses excludes the life insurance expenses incorporated within net life insurance income (Wealth Management only).

 

60



 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Wealth Management (WM)

 

Total

 

Elimina–

 

Total

 

 

 

Note

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

IM&S

 

Other(1)

 

Banking

 

Aust

 

UK

 

NZ

 

WM

 

tions(2)

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Half Year to 31 March 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3

 

1,867

 

1,051

 

346

 

344

 

(27

)

3,581

 

 

4

 

 

4

 

 

3,585

 

Net life insurance income ex IORE (3)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

394

 

1

 

1

 

396

 

 

396

 

Investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital (IORE)

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56

 

1

 

2

 

59

 

 

59

 

Other operating income (4)

 

9

 

1,049

 

429

 

175

 

512

 

(42

)

2,123

 

262

 

129

 

8

 

399

 

(66

)

2,456

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

2,916

 

1,480

 

521

 

856

 

(69

)

5,704

 

712

 

135

 

11

 

858

 

(66

)

6,496

 

Operating expenses (5)

 

10

 

(1,306

)

(920

)

(270

)

(337

)

(64

)

(2,897

)

(278

)

(121

)

(6

)

(405

)

66

 

(3,236

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

1,610

 

560

 

251

 

519

 

(133

)

2,807

 

434

 

14

 

5

 

453

 

 

3,260

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

12

 

(104

)

(100

)

(13

)

(88

)

 

(305

)

 

 

 

 

 

(305

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

1,506

 

460

 

238

 

431

 

(133

)

2,502

 

434

 

14

 

5

 

453

 

 

2,955

 

Income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income & IORE

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(214

)

 

1

 

(213

)

 

(213

)

Other

 

14

 

(453

)

(150

)

(79

)

(85

)

24

 

(743

)

9

 

 

(1

)

8

 

 

(735

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

 

 

1,053

 

310

 

159

 

346

 

(109

)

1,759

 

229

 

14

 

5

 

248

 

 

2,007

 

WM revaluation profit after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

148

 

 

148

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

 

 

 

(31

)

(6

)

 

(16

)

(53

)

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

Net profit/(loss) before significant items

 

 

 

1,053

 

279

 

153

 

346

 

(125

)

1,706

 

377

 

14

 

5

 

396

 

 

2,102

 

Significant items after tax

 

15

 

 

 

 

(252

)

379

 

127

 

 

 

 

 

 

127

 

Net profit

 

 

 

1,053

 

279

 

153

 

94

 

254

 

1,833

 

377

 

14

 

5

 

396

 

 

2,229

 

Net profit - outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

(5

)

(58

)

 

 

(58

)

 

(63

)

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

1,053

 

279

 

153

 

89

 

254

 

1,828

 

319

 

14

 

5

 

338

 

 

2,166

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(94

)

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,072

 

 


(1)            Other includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and elimination entries within Total Banking.

(2)            Elimination of inter-divisional income and expenses (eg. revenue sharing arrangements between divisions).

(3)            Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses).

(4)            Other operating income excludes the net interest income, net life insurance income, investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital of the life insurance businesses and revaluation profit/(loss).

(5)            Operating expenses excludes the life insurance expenses incorporated within net life insurance income (Wealth Management only).

 

61



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 1b: Performance Summary for Total Banking

 

1b. PERFORMANCE SUMMARY FOR TOTAL BANKING

 

Total Banking includes the Banking operations within Total Australia, Total UK and Total New Zealand, as well as Institutional Markets & Services, and Other (including Group Funding and Corporate Centre).  It excludes the Wealth Management operations within Total Australia, Total UK and Total New Zealand.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on Sep 04

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

%

 

Ex FX (1)
%

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

Comparison to September 2004 half year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3,549

 

3,603

 

(1.5

)

(0.4

)

Other operating income (2)

 

2,110

 

2,042

 

3.3

 

4.3

 

Total income

 

5,659

 

5,645

 

0.2

 

1.3

 

Other operating expenses (2)

 

(3,246

)

(3,222

)

(0.7

)

(1.9

)

Underlying profit

 

2,413

 

2,423

 

(0.4

)

0.4

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(281

)

(254

)

(10.6

)

(11.8

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

2,132

 

2,169

 

(1.7

)

(1.0

)

Income tax expense

 

(648

)

(619

)

(4.7

)

(5.0

)

Cash earnings before significant items and outside equity interest

 

1,484

 

1,550

 

(4.3

)

(3.4

)

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

(4

)

large

 

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items (3)

 

1,484

 

1,546

 

(4.0

)

(3.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on Mar 04

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 04

 

%

 

Ex FX (1)
%

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

Comparison to March 2004 half year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3,549

 

3,581

 

(0.9

)

(2.1

)

Other operating income (2)

 

2,110

 

2,123

 

(0.6

)

(1.6

)

Total income

 

5,659

 

5,704

 

(0.8

)

(1.9

)

Other operating expenses (2)

 

(3,246

)

(2,897

)

(12.0

)

(10.7

)

Underlying profit

 

2,413

 

2,807

 

(14.0

)

(15.0

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(281

)

(305

)

7.9

 

8.5

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

2,132

 

2,502

 

(14.8

)

(15.7

)

Income tax expense

 

(648

)

(743

)

12.8

 

13.7

 

Cash earnings before significant items and outside equity interest

 

1,484

 

1,759

 

(15.6

)

(16.6

)

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

 

(5

)

large

 

large

 

Cash earnings before significant items (3)

 

1,484

 

1,754

 

(15.4

)

(16.4

)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

57.4

%

57.1

%

50.8

%

 


(1)            Change expressed at constant exchange rates.

(2)            Total Banking is before inter-divisional eliminations.

(3)            Refer to Note 1a for a reconciliation of Total Banking to Group net profit and a reconciliation of Total Banking to the Divisional Performance Summary.

 

62



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 2a: Irish Banks - Divisional Breakdown of Irish Banks

 

2a. IRISH BANKS - DIVISIONAL BREAKDOWN OF IRISH BANKS

 

 

 

Five Months to Feb 05

 

Half Year to Sep 04

 

Half year to Mar 04

 

 

 

UK (1)

 

IMS

 

Other

 

Total
Irish
Banks

 

UK (1)

 

IMS

 

Other

 

Total
Irish
Banks

 

UK (1)

 

IMS

 

Other

 

Total
Irish
Banks

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

185

 

4

 

8

 

197

 

253

 

4

 

9

 

266

 

225

 

6

 

8

 

239

 

Other operating income

 

72

 

8

 

 

80

 

88

 

10

 

 

98

 

83

 

11

 

 

94

 

Banking net operating income

 

257

 

12

 

8

 

277

 

341

 

14

 

9

 

364

 

308

 

17

 

8

 

333

 

Wealth Management (WM)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Other operating income

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

Net operating income

 

259

 

12

 

8

 

279

 

347

 

14

 

9

 

370

 

314

 

17

 

8

 

339

 

Banking operating expenses

 

(195

)

(5

)

 

(200

)

(255

)

(6

)

 

(261

)

(228

)

(5

)

 

(233

)

Wealth Management operating expenses

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

(7

)

 

 

(7

)

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

(9

)

 

 

(9

)

(15

)

7

 

 

(8

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

55

 

7

 

8

 

70

 

76

 

8

 

9

 

93

 

65

 

19

 

8

 

92

 

Income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

(18

)

(2

)

(2

)

(22

)

(21

)

(3

)

(2

)

(26

)

(24

)

(5

)

(2

)

(31

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

37

 

5

 

6

 

48

 

55

 

5

 

7

 

67

 

41

 

14

 

6

 

61

 

WM revaluation profit/(loss) after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill amortisation (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit before significant items

 

37

 

5

 

6

 

48

 

55

 

5

 

7

 

67

 

41

 

14

 

6

 

61

 

Significant items after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

37

 

5

 

6

 

48

 

55

 

5

 

7

 

67

 

41

 

14

 

6

 

61

 

Net profit - outside equity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

37

 

5

 

6

 

48

 

55

 

5

 

7

 

67

 

41

 

14

 

6

 

61

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

37

 

5

 

6

 

48

 

55

 

5

 

7

 

67

 

41

 

14

 

6

 

61

 

 


(1)            Refers to the Total UK operating division, including UK Banking and Wealth Management UK.

(2)            Goodwill amortisation of $2 million (September 2004 half: $2 million and March 2004 half: $2 million) is included in the Group results.

 

63



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 2b: Summary of Assets and Liabilities ex Irish Banks

 

2b. SUMMARY OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES EXCLUDING THE IRISH BANKS

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on
Group
Proforma

 

Group Reported

 

Irish
Banks(1)

 

Group
Proforma

 

 

Note

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

30 Sep 04

 

30 Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and other liquid assets

 

 

 

6,929

 

8,080

 

1,104

 

6,976

 

(0.7

)

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

18,520

 

23,494

 

1,159

 

22,335

 

(17.1

)

Due from customers on acceptances

 

 

 

21,567

 

16,344

 

1

 

16,343

 

32.0

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

19,771

 

24,248

 

 

24,248

 

(18.5

)

Trading derivatives

 

 

 

17,122

 

17,939

 

 

17,939

 

(4.6

)

Available for sale securities

 

 

 

3,474

 

4,610

 

1

 

4,609

 

(24.6

)

Investment securities

 

 

 

8,666

 

11,513

 

514

 

10,999

 

(21.2

)

Investments relating to life ins. business

 

 

 

43,917

 

41,013

 

 

41,013

 

7.1

 

Loans and advances

 

(i)

 

246,756

 

247,836

 

13,082

 

234,754

 

5.1

 

Shares in entities and other securities

 

 

 

146

 

158

 

 

158

 

(7.6

)

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

121

 

177

 

36

 

141

 

(14.2

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

2,019

 

2,257

 

219

 

2,038

 

(0.9

)

Income tax assets

 

 

 

1,460

 

1,367

 

26

 

1,341

 

8.9

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

571

 

632

 

13

 

619

 

(7.8

)

Other assets

 

 

 

11,623

 

11,641

 

219

 

11,422

 

1.8

 

Total assets

 

 

 

402,662

 

411,309

 

16,374

 

394,935

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

35,020

 

43,768

 

1,774

 

41,994

 

(16.6

)

Liability on acceptances

 

 

 

21,567

 

16,344

 

1

 

16,343

 

32.0

 

Trading derivatives

 

 

 

14,911

 

16,150

 

9

 

16,141

 

(7.6

)

Deposits and other borrowings

 

(ii)

 

205,866

 

219,028

 

12,184

 

206,844

 

(0.5

)

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

 

38,494

 

36,134

 

 

36,134

 

6.5

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

 

1,243

 

1,178

 

24

 

1,154

 

7.7

 

Provisions

 

 

 

1,494

 

1,129

 

77

 

1,052

 

42.0

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

 

 

36,536

 

32,573

 

 

32,573

 

12.2

 

Other debt issues

 

 

 

1,586

 

1,612

 

 

1,612

 

(1.6

)

Other liabilities

 

 

 

13,944

 

13,627

 

1,203

 

12,424

 

12.2

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

370,661

 

381,543

 

15,272

 

366,271

 

1.2

 

Net assets

 

 

 

32,001

 

29,766

 

1,102

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)     Represents the consolidated net assets of Northern Bank Limited and National Irish Bank Limited (the Irish Banks), plus goodwill attributed to the consolidation of those entities at 30 September 2004.

 

64



 

Detailed Financial Information - 2b: Statement of Financial Position ex Irish Banks

 

(i) Loans and advances

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on
Group
Proforma

 

Group Reported

 

Irish
Banks

 

Group
Proforma

 

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

30 Sep 04

 

30 Sep 04

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Housing

 

 

 

129,447

 

125,773

 

4,860

 

120,913

 

7.1

 

Term lending

 

 

 

81,560

 

84,236

 

5,417

 

78,819

 

3.5

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

11,210

 

12,967

 

2,131

 

10,836

 

3.5

 

Leasing

 

 

 

15,127

 

16,027

 

539

 

15,488

 

(2.3

)

Credit cards

 

 

 

6,821

 

6,876

 

255

 

6,621

 

3.0

 

Other

 

 

 

6,951

 

6,499

 

1

 

6,498

 

7.0

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

 

 

251,116

 

252,378

 

13,203

 

239,175

 

5.0

 

Less: Unearned income

 

 

 

(1,956

)

(2,024

)

(9

)

(2,015

)

(2.9

)

Provisions for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(2,404

)

(2,518

)

(112

)

(2,406

)

(0.1

)

Total net loans and advances

 

 

 

246,756

 

247,836

 

13,082

 

234,754

 

5.1

 

 

(ii) Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

 

 

10,538

 

13,516

 

2,700

 

10,816

 

(2.6

)

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

 

 

81,279

 

83,114

 

5,713

 

77,401

 

5.0

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

 

34,469

 

34,130

 

 

34,130

 

1.0

 

Term deposits

 

 

 

62,279

 

66,212

 

3,769

 

62,443

 

(0.3

)

Total deposits

 

 

 

188,565

 

196,972

 

12,182

 

184,790

 

2.0

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

 

3,735

 

2,809

 

 

2,809

 

33.0

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

13,566

 

19,247

 

2

 

19,245

 

(29.5

)

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

205,866

 

219,028

 

12,184

 

206,844

 

(0.5

)

 

65



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 3: Net Interest Income

 

3. NET INTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to customers

 

 

 

8,704

 

8,290

 

7,589

 

5.0

 

14.7

 

Other (1)

 

 

 

1,417

 

1,330

 

1,441

 

6.5

 

(1.7

)

Total interest income

 

9

 

10,121

 

9,620

 

9,030

 

5.2

 

12.1

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings (1)

 

 

 

(5,032

)

(4,479

)

(4,193

)

(12.3

)

(20.0

)

Other

 

 

 

(1,536

)

(1,535

)

(1,252

)

(0.1

)

(22.7

)

Total interest expense

 

10

 

(6,568

)

(6,014

)

(5,445

)

(9.2

)

(20.6

)

Net interest income

 

 

 

3,553

 

3,606

 

3,585

 

(1.5

)

(0.9

)

 


(1)            A change has been made to the classification of interest income and interest expense of $44 million between the March 2004 and September 2004 halves, leaving the full year to September 2004 unchanged.

 

By Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

1,888

 

1,834

 

1,867

 

2.9

 

1.1

 

UK Banking

 

997

 

1,099

 

1,051

 

(9.3

)

(5.1

)

New Zealand Banking

 

387

 

373

 

346

 

3.8

 

11.8

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

281

 

274

 

344

 

2.6

 

(18.3

)

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

(4

)

23

 

(27

)

large

 

85.2

 

Total Banking

 

3,549

 

3,603

 

3,581

 

(1.5

)

(0.9

)

Wealth Management

 

4

 

3

 

4

 

33.3

 

 

Net interest income

 

3,553

 

3,606

 

3,585

 

(1.5

)

(0.9

)

 

66



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 4: Net Interest Margins & Spreads

 

4. NET INTEREST MARGINS & SPREADS

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

basis pts

 

basis pts

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread (1)

 

1.75

 

1.95

 

1.98

 

(0.20

)

(0.23

)

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.01

)

(0.03

)

(0.03

)

0.02

 

0.02

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

1.74

 

1.92

 

1.95

 

(0.18

)

(0.21

)

Benefit of net free liabilities, provisions and equity

 

0.45

 

0.37

 

0.45

 

0.08

 

 

Net interest margin (3)

 

2.19

 

2.29

 

2.40

 

(0.10

)

(0.21

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By Region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread (1)

 

1.74

 

1.77

 

2.01

 

(0.03

)

(0.27

)

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.02

)

(0.03

)

(0.02

)

0.01

 

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

1.72

 

1.74

 

1.99

 

(0.02

)

(0.27

)

Benefit of net free liabilities, provisions and equity

 

0.39

 

0.38

 

0.31

 

0.01

 

0.08

 

Net interest margin (3)

 

2.11

 

2.12

 

2.30

 

(0.01

)

(0.19

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread (1)

 

1.85

 

2.01

 

1.94

 

(0.16

)

(0.09

)

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.01

)

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

0.01

 

0.01

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

1.84

 

1.99

 

1.92

 

(0.15

)

(0.08

)

Benefit of net free liabilities, provisions and equity

 

0.66

 

0.53

 

0.61

 

0.13

 

0.05

 

Net interest margin (3)

 

2.50

 

2.52

 

2.53

 

(0.02

)

(0.03

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other International (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread (1)

 

1.61

 

2.03

 

1.68

 

(0.42

)

(0.07

)

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

(0.01

)

 

(0.02

)

(0.01

)

0.01

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

1.60

 

2.03

 

1.66

 

(0.43

)

(0.06

)

Benefit of net free liabilities, provisions and equity

 

0.04

 

(0.20

)

0.06

 

0.24

 

(0.02

)

Net interest margin (3)

 

1.64

 

1.83

 

1.72

 

(0.19

)

(0.08

)

 


(1)            Gross interest spread represents the difference between the average interest rate earned (inclusive of interest forgone on impaired assets) and the average interest rate incurred on funds.

(2)            Net interest spread represents the difference between the average interest rate earned and the average interest rate incurred on funds.

(3)            Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

(4)            Australia, Europe and Other International include intragroup cross border loans/borrowings and associated interest.

 

67



 

 

 

Interest earning assets ($bn)  (1)

 

Net interest income ($m)

 

 

 

Half year to Mar 05

 

Half year to Sep 04

 

Variance

 

Half year to Mar 05

 

Half year to Sep 04

 

Variance

 

 

 

$bn

 

Mix %

 

$bn

 

Mix %

 

$bn

 

%

 

$m

 

Mix %

 

$m

 

Mix %

 

$m

 

%

 

Reconciliation of divisional margins to Group margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

150.1

 

46

 

142.9

 

46

 

7.2

 

5

 

1,888

 

53

 

1,834

 

51

 

54

 

3

 

UK Banking

 

53.5

 

16

 

55.9

 

18

 

(2.4

)

(4

)

997

 

28

 

1,099

 

30

 

(102

)

(9

)

New Zealand Banking

 

31.1

 

10

 

28.4

 

9

 

2.7

 

10

 

387

 

11

 

373

 

10

 

14

 

4

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

139.8

 

43

 

133.0

 

42

 

6.8

 

5

 

281

 

8

 

274

 

8

 

7

 

3

 

Other (2)

 

(49.6

)

(15

)

(46.4

)

(15

)

(3.2

)

(7

)

 

 

26

 

1

 

(26

)

large

 

Group

 

324.9

 

100

 

313.8

 

100

 

11.1

 

4

 

3,553

 

100

 

3,606

 

100

 

(53

)

(1

)

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

Contribution to Group margin (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HY Mar 05

 

HY Sep 04

 

Variance

 

HY Mar 05

 

HY Sep 04

 

Variance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of divisional margins to Group margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

2.52

%

2.56

%

(4

)bp

1.16

%

1.16

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Banking

 

3.74

%

3.92

%

(18

)bp

0.62

%

0.70

%

(8

)bp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand Banking

 

2.50

%

2.62

%

(12

)bp

0.24

%

0.24

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

0.40

%

0.41

%

(1

)bp

0.17

%

0.17

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

0.00

%

(0.11

)%

11

bp

0.00

%

0.02

%

(2

)bp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.19

%

2.29

%

(10

)bp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Interest-earning assets include intercompany balances.

(2)  Other includes the Wealth Management regional operations, Group Funding, Corporate Centre and Inter-divisional eliminations.

(3)  Divisional net interest margin multiplied by % share of Group average interest-earning assets.

 

68



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 5: Average Balance Sheet & Related Interest

 

5. AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET & RELATED INTEREST

 

The following tables set forth the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, together with their respective interest rates earned or paid by the Group. Averages are predominantly daily averages. Interest income figures include interest income on non-accruing loans to the extent cash payments have been received. Amounts classified as Other International represent interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities of the controlled entities and overseas branches, excluding Europe. Non-accrual loans are included within interest-earning assets within loans and advances.

 

Average assets and interest income

 

 

 

Half year ended Mar 05

 

Half year ended Sep 04

 

 

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Rate

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

8,693

 

184

 

4.24

 

9,288

 

187

 

4.03

 

Europe

 

12,625

 

225

 

3.57

 

13,082

 

198

 

3.03

 

Other International

 

2,705

 

45

 

3.34

 

1,749

 

15

 

1.72

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

150

 

1

 

1.34

 

163

 

1

 

1.23

 

Other International

 

67

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

Marketable debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

20,729

 

561

 

5.43

 

21,018

 

568

 

5.40

 

Europe

 

9,776

 

200

 

4.10

 

8,365

 

176

 

4.21

 

Other International

 

7,166

 

130

 

3.64

 

5,819

 

87

 

2.99

 

Loans and advances - housing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

94,323

 

3,117

 

6.63

 

91,186

 

3,016

 

6.62

 

Europe

 

18,981

 

534

 

5.64

 

18,969

 

513

 

5.41

 

Other International

 

15,445

 

547

 

7.10

 

13,900

 

475

 

6.83

 

Loans and advances - non-housing  (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

57,260

 

2,209

 

7.74

 

54,837

 

2,097

 

7.65

 

Europe

 

46,532

 

1,466

 

6.32

 

46,199

 

1,455

 

6.30

 

Other International

 

22,837

 

831

 

7.30

 

22,821

 

745

 

6.53

 

Other interest-earning assets (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,418

 

44

 

n/a

 

1,060

 

(8

)

n/a

 

Europe

 

3,667

 

(50

)

n/a

 

3,338

 

25

 

n/a

 

Other International

 

2,512

 

77

 

n/a

 

1,985

 

70

 

n/a

 

Intragroup loans (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

1,977

 

60

 

6.09

 

7,568

 

147

 

3.88

 

Other International

 

6,489

 

18

 

0.56

 

6,557

 

62

 

1.89

 

Average interest-earning assets and interest income incl. intragroup loans by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

182,423

 

6,115

 

6.72

 

177,389

 

5,860

 

6.61

 

Europe

 

93,708

 

2,436

 

5.21

 

97,684

 

2,515

 

5.15

 

Other International

 

57,221

 

1,648

 

5.78

 

52,897

 

1,454

 

5.50

 

Total average interest-earning assets and interest income incl. intragroup loans

 

333,352

 

10,199

 

6.14

 

327,970

 

9,829

 

5.99

 

 

69



 

 

 

Half year ended Mar 05

 

Half year ended Sep 04

 

 

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Intragroup loans eliminations

 

(8,466

)

(78

)

1.85

 

(14,125

)

(209

)

2.96

 

Total average interest-earning assets by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

182,423

 

6,115

 

6.72

 

177,389

 

5,860

 

6.61

 

Europe

 

91,731

 

2,376

 

5.19

 

90,116

 

2,368

 

5.26

 

Other International

 

50,732

 

1,630

 

6.44

 

46,340

 

1,392

 

6.01

 

Total average interest-earning assets

 

324,886

 

10,121

 

6.25

 

313,845

 

9,620

 

6.13

 

Non-interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments relating to life insurance business (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

41,821

 

 

 

 

 

35,263

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

700

 

 

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

 

 

Acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

18,098

 

 

 

 

 

17,902

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,175

 

 

 

 

 

1,319

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

929

 

 

 

 

 

745

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

153

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

23,179

 

 

 

 

 

23,670

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

15,256

 

 

 

 

 

12,849

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

5,960

 

 

 

 

 

5,831

 

 

 

 

 

Total average non-interest-earning assets by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

84,273

 

 

 

 

 

78,154

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

16,237

 

 

 

 

 

13,640

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

6,828

 

 

 

 

 

6,184

 

 

 

 

 

Total average non-interest-earning assets

 

107,338

 

 

 

 

 

97,978

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(1,378

)

 

 

 

 

(1,167

)

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

(842

)

 

 

 

 

(872

)

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

(253

)

 

 

 

 

(280

)

 

 

 

 

Total average assets by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

265,318

 

 

 

 

 

254,376

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

107,126

 

 

 

 

 

102,884

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

57,307

 

 

 

 

 

52,244

 

 

 

 

 

Total average assets

 

429,751

 

 

 

 

 

409,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of total average assets applicable to international operations

 

38.3

%

 

 

 

 

37.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

70



 

Average liabilities and interest expense

 

 

 

Half year ended Mar 05

 

Half year ended Sep 04

 

 

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term deposits and certificates of deposit (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

52,234

 

1,378

 

5.29

 

47,201

 

1,184

 

5.02

 

Europe

 

25,365

 

515

 

4.07

 

29,232

 

501

 

3.43

 

Other International

 

23,975

 

590

 

4.94

 

23,671

 

469

 

3.96

 

Savings (short-term) deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

7,605

 

203

 

5.35

 

7,626

 

187

 

4.90

 

Europe

 

12,788

 

175

 

2.74

 

13,485

 

152

 

2.25

 

Other International

 

3,727

 

82

 

4.41

 

3,815

 

64

 

3.36

 

Other on-demand deposits (1) (7) (8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

38,669

 

623

 

3.23

 

34,459

 

551

 

3.20

 

Europe

 

13,454

 

133

 

1.98

 

14,713

 

133

 

1.81

 

Other International

 

7,551

 

72

 

1.91

 

6,894

 

59

 

1.71

 

Government and Official Institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,050

 

14

 

2.67

 

906

 

19

 

4.19

 

Other International

 

954

 

9

 

1.89

 

706

 

5

 

1.42

 

Due to other financial institutions (7) (8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

12,590

 

285

 

4.54

 

14,358

 

307

 

4.28

 

Europe

 

19,965

 

367

 

3.69

 

21,459

 

426

 

3.97

 

Other International

 

11,164

 

137

 

2.46

 

11,689

 

110

 

1.88

 

Short-term borrowings (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

13,929

 

306

 

4.41

 

16,091

 

344

 

4.28

 

Europe

 

1,752

 

25

 

2.86

 

733

 

9

 

2.46

 

Other International

 

7,990

 

93

 

2.33

 

7,256

 

51

 

1.41

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

33,366

 

657

 

3.95

 

28,160

 

569

 

4.04

 

Other International

 

1,167

 

33

 

5.67

 

1,782

 

51

 

5.72

 

Other interest-bearing liabilities (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

24

 

648

 

n/a

 

97

 

600

 

n/a

 

Europe

 

489

 

1

 

n/a

 

12

 

3

 

n/a

 

Other International

 

110

 

165

 

n/a

 

152

 

158

 

n/a

 

Loan Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

328

 

6

 

3.67

 

349

 

7

 

4.01

 

Europe

 

1,500

 

51

 

6.82

 

1,356

 

55

 

8.11

 

Intragroup loans (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

8,466

 

78

 

1.85

 

14,125

 

209

 

2.96

 

Average interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense incl. intragroup loans by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

168,261

 

4,198

 

5.00

 

163,372

 

3,977

 

4.87

 

Europe

 

75,313

 

1,267

 

3.37

 

80,990

 

1,279

 

3.16

 

Other International

 

56,638

 

1,181

 

4.18

 

55,965

 

967

 

3.46

 

Total average interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense incl. intragroup loans

 

300,212

 

6,646

 

4.44

 

300,327

 

6,223

 

4.14

 

 

71



 

 

 

Half year ended Mar 05

 

Half year ended Sep 04

 

 

 

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Intragroup loans eliminations

 

(8,466

)

(78

)

1.85

 

(14,125

)

(209

)

2.96

 

Total average interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

159,795

 

4,120

 

5.17

 

149,247

 

3,768

 

5.05

 

Europe

 

75,313

 

1,267

 

3.37

 

80,990

 

1,279

 

3.16

 

Other International

 

56,638

 

1,181

 

4.18

 

55,965

 

967

 

3.46

 

Total average interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense

 

291,746

 

6,568

 

4.51

 

286,202

 

6,014

 

4.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

6,231

 

 

 

 

 

5,946

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

5,282

 

 

 

 

 

6,086

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

1,022

 

 

 

 

 

1,039

 

 

 

 

 

Liability on acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

18,098

 

 

 

 

 

17,902

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy liabilities (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

37,297

 

 

 

 

 

33,398

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

474

 

 

 

 

 

391

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

17,357

 

 

 

 

 

10,383

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

17,069

 

 

 

 

 

16,591

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

4,978

 

 

 

 

 

2,967

 

 

 

 

 

Total average non-interest-bearing liabilities by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

78,983

 

 

 

 

 

67,629

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

22,403

 

 

 

 

 

22,723

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

6,489

 

 

 

 

 

4,401

 

 

 

 

 

Total average non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

107,875

 

 

 

 

 

94,753

 

 

 

 

 

 

72



 

Equity

 

 

 

Half year ended Mar 05

 

Half year ended Sep 04

 

 

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares

 

7,340

 

 

 

 

 

6,566

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

975

 

 

 

 

 

975

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities II

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Income Securities

 

1,945

 

 

 

 

 

1,945

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

10,304

 

 

 

 

 

9,486

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves

 

967

 

 

 

 

 

1,458

 

 

 

 

 

Retained profits

 

14,914

 

 

 

 

 

14,025

 

 

 

 

 

Parent entity interest

 

26,185

 

 

 

 

 

24,969

 

 

 

 

 

Outside equity interest in controlled entities

 

3,945

 

 

 

 

 

3,580

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

30,130

 

 

 

 

 

28,549

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

429,751

 

 

 

 

 

409,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of total average liabilities applicable to international operations

 

40.2

%

 

 

 

 

43.1

%

 

 

 

 

 


(1)            A change has been made to the classification of interest income and interest expense of $44 million between the March 2004 and September 2004 halves, leaving the full year to September 2004 unchanged.

(2)            Includes non-accrual loans.

(3)            Includes interest on derivatives and escrow deposits.

(4)            The calculations for Australia, Europe and Other International include intragroup cross border loans/borrowings and associated interest.

(5)            Included within investments relating to life insurance business are interest-earning debt securities. The interest earned from these securities is reported in life insurance income, and has therefore been treated as non-interest earning for the purposes of this note. The assets and liabilities held in the statutory funds of the Group’s Australian life insurance business are subject to the restrictions of the Life Insurance Act 1995.

(6)            The sum of term deposits and certificates of deposit equate to time deposits.

(7)            A change has been made to the classification of certain exposures from Other On-Demand Deposits to Due to Other Financial Institutions and Short-Term Borrowings. To ensure consistent classification with notes to the spot balance sheet an amount of $3,606 million was reclassified from Other On-Demand Deposits to Due to Other Financial Institutions $2,498 million and Short-Term Borrowings $1,108 million. Associated interest expense was also reclassified.

(8)            A change has been made to the classification of certain exposures from Due to Other Financial Institutions to Other On-Demand Deposits. To ensure consistent classification with notes to the spot balance sheet an amount of $2,753 million was reclassified from Due to Other Financial Institutions to Other On-Demand Deposits. Associated interest expense was also reclassified.

 

73



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 6: Gross Loans & Advances

 

6. GROSS LOANS & ADVANCES

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

By region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

157,994

 

148,407

 

144,075

 

6.5

 

9.7

 

Europe

 

53,981

 

66,010

 

59,290

 

(18.2

)

(9.0

)

New Zealand

 

33,326

 

32,098

 

28,994

 

3.8

 

14.9

 

United States

 

2,758

 

2,522

 

2,685

 

9.4

 

2.7

 

Asia

 

3,057

 

3,341

 

3,056

 

(8.5

)

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

251,116

 

252,378

 

238,100

 

(0.5

)

5.5

 

Securitised loans

 

2,317

 

2,788

 

462

 

(16.9

)

large

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By product

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

129,447

 

125,773

 

118,866

 

2.9

 

8.9

 

Term lending (1)

 

81,560

 

84,236

 

78,863

 

(3.2

)

3.4

 

Overdrafts (1)

 

11,210

 

12,967

 

12,791

 

(13.5

)

(12.4

)

Leasing

 

15,127

 

16,027

 

15,288

 

(5.6

)

(1.1

)

Credit cards

 

6,821

 

6,876

 

6,645

 

(0.8

)

2.6

 

Other (1)

 

6,951

 

6,499

 

5,647

 

7.0

 

23.1

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

251,116

 

252,378

 

238,100

 

(0.5

)

5.5

 

 


(1)            A change has been made to the classification of certain loans from Overdrafts to Term Lending and Other Lending (Market Rate Advances). Comparative information has been reclassified at 30 September 2004 and 31 March 2004, of $5,346 million and $3,605 million to Term Lending, and $450 million and $260 million to Other Lending (Market Rate Advances) respectively.

 

Refer to note 2(b)(i) for details of loans and advances at 30 September 2004 included in the tables above, that are attributable to the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005.

 

 

 

As at 31 Mar 05

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

By product & region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

98,142

 

15,289

 

15,399

 

 

617

 

129,447

 

Term lending

 

39,718

 

22,702

 

14,407

 

2,758

 

1,975

 

81,560

 

Overdrafts

 

4,623

 

5,261

 

1,326

 

 

 

11,210

 

Leasing

 

8,706

 

6,379

 

21

 

 

21

 

15,127

 

Credit cards

 

4,213

 

1,542

 

1,066

 

 

 

6,821

 

Other

 

2,592

 

2,808

 

1,107

 

 

444

 

6,951

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

157,994

 

53,981

 

33,326

 

2,758

 

3,057

 

251,116

 

 

74



 

 

 

Increase / (Decrease) from 30 Sep 04

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe (1)

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total (1)

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Movement from 30 September 2004
excluding foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

7.5

 

7.6

 

9.5

 

 

9.4

 

7.8

 

Term lending

 

4.6

 

5.5

 

4.9

 

18.2

 

(9.3

)

4.9

 

Overdrafts

 

4.1

 

8.2

 

17.1

 

 

 

7.4

 

Leasing

 

6.6

 

(9.2

)

(12.5

)

 

(8.7

)

(0.7

)

Credit cards

 

4.5

 

0.1

 

9.2

 

 

 

4.2

 

Other

 

2.0

 

52.4

 

(31.2

)

 

(0.9

)

7.9

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

6.5

 

5.8

 

5.7

 

18.2

 

(4.8

)

6.2

 

 

 

 

Increase / (Decrease) from 31 Mar 04

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe (1)

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total (1)

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Movement from 31 March 2004
excluding foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

10.5

 

18.8

 

19.2

 

 

9.4

 

12.4

 

Term lending

 

8.3

 

14.8

 

7.4

 

4.5

 

(2.9

)

9.4

 

Overdrafts

 

0.8

 

(0.4

)

12.0

 

 

 

1.4

 

Leasing

 

11.0

 

(8.2

)

(4.5

)

 

(19.2

)

1.9

 

Credit cards

 

6.0

 

2.5

 

6.9

 

 

 

5.3

 

Other

 

21.2

 

large

 

(45.8

)

 

(14.5

)

19.7

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

9.7

 

13.7

 

9.0

 

4.5

 

(2.7

)

10.2

 

 


(1)            Excludes National Irish Bank Limited and Northern Bank Limited.

 

75



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 6: Gross Loans & Acceptances

 

 

 

Australian

 

UK

 

NZ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Banking

 

Banking (1)

 

Banking

 

IM&S

 

WM

 

Other (2)

 

Group

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

By Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending

 

100,459

 

15,289

 

15,371

 

645

 

 

(2,317

)

129,447

 

Non-housing lending

 

46,141

 

24,347

 

12,403

 

38,744

 

92

 

(58

)

121,669

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

146,600

 

39,636

 

27,774

 

39,389

 

92

 

(2,375

)

251,116

 

Acceptances

 

27,261

 

46

 

23

 

3,969

 

 

(9,732

)

21,567

 

Total gross loans and acceptances

 

173,861

 

39,682

 

27,797

 

43,358

 

92

 

(12,107

)

272,683

 

As at 30 September 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending

 

94,047

 

19,576

 

14,299

 

639

 

 

(2,788

)

125,773

 

Non-housing lending

 

43,368

 

31,739

 

11,840

 

39,656

 

87

 

(85

)

126,605

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

137,415

 

51,315

 

26,139

 

40,295

 

87

 

(2,873

)

252,378

 

Acceptances

 

24,787

 

59

 

18

 

4,738

 

 

(13,258

)

16,344

 

Total gross loans and acceptances

 

162,202

 

51,374

 

26,157

 

45,033

 

87

 

(16,131

)

268,722

 

As at 31 March 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending

 

89,307

 

17,184

 

12,236

 

601

 

 

(462

)

118,866

 

Non-housing lending

 

43,295

 

29,543

 

10,637

 

37,066

 

71

 

(1,378

)

119,234

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

132,602

 

46,727

 

22,873

 

37,667

 

71

 

(1,840

)

238,100

 

Acceptances

 

23,395

 

48

 

 

5,317

 

 

(13,772

)

14,988

 

Total gross loans and acceptances

 

155,997

 

46,775

 

22,873

 

42,984

 

71

 

(15,612

)

253,088

 

 


(1)           Included within housing lending at 30 September 2004 and 31 March 2004 were $4,860 million and $4,388 million repectively in relation to National Irish Bank Limited and Northern Bank Limited. Included within non-housing lending at 30 September 2004 and 31 March 2004 were $8,343 million and $7,688 million repectively in relation to National Irish Bank Limited and Northern Bank Limited.

(2)           Other housing lending includes securitised loans. Other non-housing lending includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and intra-group elimination entries. Other acceptances includes NAB-issued acceptances bought back by NAB.

 

76



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 7: Deposits & Other Borrowings

 

7. DEPOSITS & OTHER BORROWINGS

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

By region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia (1) (2)

 

121,610

 

116,287

 

112,060

 

4.6

 

8.5

 

Europe

 

44,545

 

62,133

 

56,084

 

(28.3

)

(20.6

)

New Zealand

 

25,896

 

25,643

 

22,970

 

1.0

 

12.7

 

United States

 

8,021

 

11,287

 

14,717

 

(28.9

)

(45.5

)

Asia

 

5,794

 

3,678

 

3,548

 

57.5

 

63.3

 

Total deposits and other borrowings (1) (2)

 

205,866

 

219,028

 

209,379

 

(6.0

)

(1.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By product

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

10,538

 

13,516

 

13,191

 

(22.0

)

(20.1

)

On-demand and short-term deposits (1) (2)

 

81,279

 

83,114

 

82,093

 

(2.2

)

(1.0

)

Certificates of deposit

 

34,469

 

34,130

 

30,349

 

1.0

 

13.6

 

Term deposits

 

62,279

 

66,212

 

62,581

 

(5.9

)

(0.5

)

Total deposits

 

188,565

 

196,972

 

188,214

 

(4.3

)

0.2

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (1)

 

3,735

 

2,809

 

2,406

 

33.0

 

55.2

 

Borrowings

 

13,566

 

19,247

 

18,759

 

(29.5

)

(27.7

)

Total deposits and other borrowings (1) (2)

 

205,866

 

219,028

 

209,379

 

(6.0

)

(1.7

)

 


(1)            A change has been made to the classification of certain exposures from On-Demand and Short-Term Deposits to Due to Other Financial Institutions and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase.  Comparative information has been reclassified at 30 September 2004 and 31 March 2004 of $2,663 million and $2,442 million to Due to Other Financial Institutions, and $694 million and $1,238 million to Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase, respectively.

(2)            A change has been made to the classification of certain exposures from Due to Other Financial Institutions to On-Demand and Short-Term Deposits.  Comparative information has been reclassified at 30 September 2004 and 31 March 2004 of $939 million and $1,197 million respectively.

 

Refer to note 2(b)(ii) for details of deposits and other borrowings at 30 September 2004 included in the tables above, that are attributable to the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005.

 

 

 

As at 31 Mar 05

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

By product & region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

6,209

 

3,317

 

522

 

488

 

2

 

10,538

 

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

47,338

 

21,513

 

7,650

 

2,512

 

2,266

 

81,279

 

Certificates of deposit

 

22,563

 

8,263

 

3,175

 

468

 

 

34,469

 

Term deposits

 

32,798

 

9,593

 

12,456

 

3,906

 

3,526

 

62,279

 

Total deposits

 

108,908

 

42,686

 

23,803

 

7,374

 

5,794

 

188,565

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

2,000

 

1,493

 

 

242

 

 

3,735

 

Borrowings

 

10,702

 

366

 

2,093

 

405

 

 

13,566

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

121,610

 

44,545

 

25,896

 

8,021

 

5,794

 

205,866

 

 

77



 

 

 

Increase / (Decrease) from 30 Sep 04

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe (1)

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total (1)

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Movement from 30 September 2004
excluding foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

2.6

 

(4.6

)

(13.6

)

(4.1

)

large

 

(1.0

)

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

3.5

 

(0.4

)

6.9

 

43.1

 

large

 

6.5

 

Certificates of deposit

 

16.6

 

(22.8

)

1.6

 

(0.2

)

 

2.4

 

Term deposits

 

2.3

 

(13.1

)

4.2

 

31.1

 

7.2

 

1.6

 

Total deposits

 

5.5

 

(8.8

)

4.2

 

29.1

 

70.2

 

3.6

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

17.6

 

41.1

 

 

large

 

 

34.8

 

Borrowings

 

(6.0

)

 

(10.3

)

(91.4

)

 

(27.9

)

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

4.6

 

(7.7

)

2.9

 

(23.2

)

70.2

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

Increase / (Decrease) from 31 Mar 04

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe (1)

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total (1)

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Movement from 31 March 2004 excluding foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

4.9

 

(4.9

)

(25.5

)

(4.9

)

large

 

(0.8

)

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

6.9

 

(2.5

)

6.4

 

(27.9

)

large

 

5.3

 

Certificates of deposit

 

41.6

 

(18.9

)

(21.1

)

1.3

 

 

12.6

 

Term deposits

 

5.6

 

3.9

 

11.9

 

(20.4

)

4.8

 

4.3

 

Total deposits

 

12.0

 

(5.1

)

3.3

 

(21.2

)

66.2

 

5.9

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

(0.4

)

large

 

 

(34.4

)

 

55.2

 

Borrowings

 

(16.7

)

large

 

82.0

 

(91.4

)

 

(27.6

)

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

8.5

 

(1.0

)

7.0

 

(44.6

)

66.2

 

3.3

 

 


(1)            Excludes National Irish Bank Limited and Northern Bank Limited.

 

78



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 8: Net Life Insurance Income

 

8. NET LIFE INSURANCE INCOME

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Premium and related revenue

 

434

 

549

 

456

 

(20.9

)

(4.8

)

Investment revenue (1)

 

2,802

 

2,381

 

2,368

 

17.7

 

18.3

 

Life insurance income excluding IORE

 

3,236

 

2,930

 

2,824

 

10.4

 

14.6

 

Claims expense

 

(287

)

(345

)

(357

)

16.8

 

19.6

 

Change in policy liabilities

 

(2,071

)

(1,665

)

(1,703

)

(24.4

)

(21.6

)

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

(365

)

(377

)

(346

)

3.2

 

(5.5

)

Investment management fees

 

(18

)

(20

)

(22

)

10.0

 

18.2

 

Life insurance expenses

 

(2,741

)

(2,407

)

(2,428

)

(13.9

)

(12.9

)

Net life insurance income excluding IORE

 

495

 

523

 

396

 

(5.4

)

25.0

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained
profits & capital from life businesses (IORE)

 

63

 

34

 

59

 

85.3

 

6.8

 

Net life insurance income

 

558

 

557

 

455

 

0.2

 

22.6

 

Interest expense - life insurance funds

 

(14

)

(7

)

(10

)

large

 

(40.0

)

Profit of life insurance funds before income tax

 

544

 

550

 

445

 

(1.1

)

22.2

 

Income tax expense - life insurance funds

 

(192

)

(88

)

(213

)

large

 

9.9

 

Net profit of life insurance funds before outside equity interest

 

352

 

462

 

232

 

(23.8

)

51.7

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interest

 

(154

)

(307

)

(58

)

49.8

 

large

 

Net profit of life insurance funds after outside equity interest

 

198

 

155

 

174

 

27.7

 

13.8

 

 


(1)            Investment revenue excluding investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses.

 

Sources of Operating Profit from Life Companies life insurance funds

 

Life company - planned profit margins

 

139

 

124

 

127

 

12.1

 

9.4

 

Life company - experience profit

 

11

 

4

 

3

 

large

 

large

 

Life company operating margins (1)

 

150

 

128

 

130

 

17.2

 

15.4

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained
profits and capital from life businesses after tax

 

48

 

27

 

44

 

77.8

 

9.1

 

Net profit of life insurance funds after outside equity interest

 

198

 

155

 

174

 

27.7

 

13.8

 

 


(1)            Reflects operating profit of all business written through life insurance funds, irrespective of the business type (investment or insurance).

 

Net life insurance income is the profit before tax excluding net interest income of the life insurance and investments businesses of the life insurance funds of the life insurance companies of the Group. Refer to note 54 of the Group’s Annual Financial Report 2004 for further details.

 

79



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 9: Revenue

 

9. REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Interest income

 

3

 

10,121

 

9,620

 

9,030

 

5.2

 

12.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits & capital from life businesses (IORE)

 

8

 

63

 

34

 

59

 

85.3

 

6.8

 

Investment revenue (1)

 

8

 

2,802

 

2,381

 

2,368

 

17.7

 

18.3

 

Total investment revenue

 

 

 

2,865

 

2,415

 

2,427

 

18.6

 

18.0

 

Premium and related revenue

 

8

 

434

 

549

 

456

 

(20.9

)

(4.8

)

Life insurance income

 

 

 

3,299

 

2,964

 

2,883

 

11.3

 

14.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management other operating income

 

 

 

461

 

408

 

399

 

13.0

 

15.5

 

Revaluation profit/(loss)

 

 

 

54

 

(144

)

7

 

large

 

large

 

Wealth Management total income(2)

 

 

 

515

 

264

 

406

 

95.1

 

26.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Banking other operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends received

 

 

 

 

1

 

22

 

large

 

large

 

Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

 

5

 

8

 

6

 

(37.5

)

(16.7

)

Loan fees from banking

 

 

 

742

 

720

 

727

 

3.1

 

2.1

 

Money transfer fees

 

 

 

479

 

495

 

488

 

(3.2

)

(1.8

)

Trading income (before significant items)

 

 

 

337

 

235

 

340

 

43.4

 

(0.9

)

Foreign exchange income

 

 

 

(4

)

2

 

(4

)

large

 

 

Fees and commissions (3)

 

 

 

366

 

376

 

362

 

(2.7

)

1.1

 

Fleet service fees (3)

 

 

 

73

 

71

 

60

 

2.8

 

21.7

 

Other income

 

 

 

112

 

134

 

122

 

(16.4

)

(8.2

)

Total Banking other operating income

 

 

 

2,110

 

2,042

 

2,123

 

3.3

 

(0.6

)

Eliminations

 

 

 

(81

)

(75

)

(66

)

(8.0

)

(22.7

)

Banking other operating income net of eliminations

 

 

 

2,029

 

1,967

 

2,057

 

3.2

 

(1.4

)

Total revenue before significant items

 

 

 

15,964

 

14,815

 

14,376

 

7.8

 

11.0

 

Significant revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

15

 

2,514

 

 

 

large

 

large

 

Proceeds from the sale of strategic shareholdings

 

15

 

 

 

993

 

 

large

 

Total revenue from ordinary activities

 

 

 

18,478

 

14,815

 

15,369

 

24.7

 

20.2

 

 


(1)            Investment revenue excluding investment earnings on shareholders retained profits and capital from life businesses.

(2)            Wealth Management total income excludes life insurance income. Refer to note 8 for further details.

(3)            A change has been made to the classification of certain fees from Fees and Commissions to Fleet Service Fees. Comparative information has been reclassified for the September 2004 and March 2004 halves of $12 million and $11 million respectively.

 

80



 

Other operating income (before revaluation profit/(loss) and significant income) by Division

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Australian Banking

 

1,081

 

1,073

 

1,049

 

0.7

 

3.1

 

UK Banking

 

429

 

458

 

429

 

(6.3

)

 

New Zealand Banking

 

178

 

179

 

175

 

(0.6

)

1.7

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

486

 

354

 

512

 

37.3

 

(5.1

)

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

(64

)

(22

)

(42

)

large

 

(52.4

)

Total Banking

 

2,110

 

2,042

 

2,123

 

3.3

 

(0.6

)

Wealth Management

 

461

 

408

 

399

 

13.0

 

15.5

 

Eliminations

 

(81

)

(75

)

(66

)

(8.0

)

(22.7

)

Other operating income

 

2,490

 

2,375

 

2,456

 

4.8

 

1.4

 

 

81



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 10: Expenses

 

10. EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Interest expense

 

3

 

6,568

 

6,014

 

5,445

 

(9.2

)

(20.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims expense

 

 

 

287

 

345

 

357

 

16.8

 

19.6

 

Change in policy liabilities

 

 

 

2,071

 

1,665

 

1,703

 

(24.4

)

(21.6

)

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

 

 

365

 

377

 

346

 

3.2

 

(5.5

)

Investment management fees

 

 

 

18

 

20

 

22

 

10.0

 

18.2

 

Life insurance expenses

 

8

 

2,741

 

2,407

 

2,428

 

(13.9

)

(12.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management other operating expenses(1)

 

 

 

411

 

429

 

405

 

4.2

 

(1.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Banking other operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and related on costs

 

 

 

1,356

 

1,330

 

1,271

 

(2.0

)

(6.7

)

Superannuation

 

 

 

163

 

138

 

138

 

(18.1

)

(18.1

)

Other

 

 

 

152

 

170

 

134

 

10.6

 

(13.4

)

 

 

 

 

1,671

 

1,638

 

1,543

 

(2.0

)

(8.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental on operating leases (2)

 

 

 

149

 

147

 

136

 

(1.4

)

(9.6

)

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

42

 

35

 

33

 

(20.0

)

(27.3

)

Other (2)

 

 

 

125

 

125

 

111

 

 

(12.6

)

 

 

 

 

316

 

307

 

280

 

(2.9

)

(12.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

 

103

 

122

 

94

 

15.6

 

(9.6

)

Non-lending losses

 

 

 

28

 

30

 

47

 

6.7

 

40.4

 

Communications, postage and stationery

 

 

 

182

 

199

 

182

 

8.5

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

163

 

174

 

159

 

6.3

 

(2.5

)

Fees and commissions

 

 

 

53

 

54

 

48

 

1.9

 

(10.4

)

Computer equipment and software

 

 

 

119

 

121

 

139

 

1.7

 

14.4

 

Rental on operating leases

 

 

 

44

 

36

 

36

 

(22.2

)

(22.2

)

Professional fees

 

 

 

138

 

203

 

121

 

32.0

 

(14.0

)

Travel

 

 

 

26

 

34

 

30

 

23.5

 

13.3

 

Freight and cartage

 

 

 

38

 

40

 

37

 

5.0

 

(2.7

)

Motor vehicle expenses

 

 

 

22

 

21

 

20

 

(4.8

)

(10.0

)

Insurance

 

 

 

18

 

22

 

16

 

18.2

 

(12.5

)

Operational (bank & bureau) charges

 

 

 

37

 

39

 

39

 

5.1

 

5.1

 

Other expenses (3)

 

 

 

288

 

182

 

106

 

(58.2

)

large

 

 

 

 

 

1,259

 

1,277

 

1,074

 

1.4

 

(17.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Banking other operating expenses

 

 

 

3,246

 

3,222

 

2,897

 

(0.7

)

(12.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eliminations

 

 

 

(81

)

(75

)

(66

)

(8.0

)

(22.7

)

Banking other operating expenses net of eliminations

 

 

 

3,165

 

3,147

 

2,831

 

(0.6

)

(11.8

)

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

3,576

 

3,576

 

3,236

 

 

(10.5

)

Total operating expenses before significant items, goodwill and charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

12,885

 

11,997

 

11,109

 

(7.4

)

(16.0

)

 


(1)            Wealth Management other operating expenses excludes life insurance expenses. Refer to note 8 for further details.

(2)            A change has been made to the classification of certain expenses from Other Occupancy Expenses to Rental on Operating Leases. Comparative information has been reclassified for both the September 2004 and March 2004 halves of $10 million.

(3)            Other expenses in the March 2005 half year include self-insurance costs relating to the Northern Bank robbery ($49 million), the South Korea legal action ($49 million) and NAFiM investor compensation ($27 million), which is offset in Wealth Management other operating income.

 

82



 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Note

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Significant expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sale of strategic shareholdings

 

15

 

 

 

678

 

 

large

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

15

 

(34

)

 

360

 

large

 

large

 

Reversal of HomeSide non-lending loss provision

 

15

 

 

 

(64

)

 

large

 

Write-down of impaired application software

 

15

 

 

409

 

 

large

 

 

Restructuring provision

 

15

 

403

 

 

 

large

 

large

 

PfG Restructuring provision

 

15

 

(9

)

 

 

large

 

large

 

Cost of controlled entities sold

 

15

 

1,456

 

 

 

large

 

large

 

Total significant expenses

 

 

 

1,816

 

409

 

974

 

large

 

(86.4

)

Total operating expenses before goodwill and charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

14,701

 

12,406

 

12,083

 

(18.5

)

(21.7

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

 

 

50

 

50

 

53

 

 

5.7

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts - ordinary

 

12

 

281

 

254

 

305

 

(10.6

)

7.9

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts - significant

 

15

 

 

292

 

 

large

 

 

Total operating expenses after significant items

 

 

 

15,032

 

13,002

 

12,441

 

(15.6

)

(20.8

)

 

Operating expenses (before goodwill, significant expenses and charge to provide for doubtful debts) by Division

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Australian Banking

 

1,479

 

1,465

 

1,306

 

(1.0

)

(13.2

)

UK Banking

 

952

 

1,038

 

920

 

8.3

 

(3.5

)

New Zealand Banking

 

315

 

325

 

270

 

3.1

 

(16.7

)

Institutional Markets & Services

 

366

 

368

 

337

 

0.5

 

(8.6

)

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

134

 

26

 

64

 

large

 

large

 

Total Banking

 

3,246

 

3,222

 

2,897

 

(0.7

)

(12.0

)

Wealth Management

 

411

 

429

 

405

 

4.2

 

(1.5

)

Eliminations

 

(81

)

(75

)

(66

)

(8.0

)

(22.7

)

Other operating expenses

 

3,576

 

3,576

 

3,236

 

 

(10.5

)

 

Capitalisation of Software Costs

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Capitalised application software on the balance sheet

 

654

 

655

 

981

 

 

83



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 11: Full Time Equivalent Employees

 

11. FULL TIME EQUIVALENT EMPLOYEES (1)

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

No.

 

No.

 

No.

 

%

 

%

 

By Region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

24,249

 

24,567

 

24,442

 

(1.3

)

(0.8

)

Europe (2)

 

10,180

 

13,324

 

13,307

 

(23.6

)

(23.5

)

New Zealand

 

4,724

 

4,766

 

4,661

 

(0.9

)

1.4

 

United States

 

119

 

141

 

140

 

(15.6

)

(15.0

)

Asia

 

689

 

719

 

732

 

(4.2

)

(5.9

)

Total full time equivalent employees (FTEs) (2)

 

39,961

 

43,517

 

43,282

 

(8.2

)

(7.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

18,372

 

18,382

 

18,468

 

(0.1

)

(0.5

)

Wealth Management Australia

 

4,393

 

4,746

 

4,669

 

(7.4

)

(5.9

)

Total Australia

 

22,765

 

23,128

 

23,137

 

(1.6

)

(1.6

)

Total UK

 

9,772

 

12,865

 

12,886

 

(24.0

)

(24.2

)

Total New Zealand

 

4,549

 

4,596

 

4,501

 

(1.0

)

1.1

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

2,066

 

2,073

 

1,963

 

(0.3

)

5.2

 

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

809

 

855

 

795

 

(5.4

)

1.8

 

Total full time equivalent employees (FTEs)

 

39,961

 

43,517

 

43,282

 

(8.2

)

(7.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average half year FTEs

 

42,591

 

43,515

 

42,986

 

(2.1

)

(0.9

)

 


(1)            Full-time equivalent staff include part-time staff (pro-rated) and non-payroll FTEs (ie. contractors).

(2)            Includes 2,712 and 2,743 FTEs at 30 September 2004 and 31 March 2004 respectively in relation to the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005.

 

84



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 12: Doubtful Debts

 

12. DOUBTFUL DEBTS

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Total charge for doubtful debts
by Region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

198

 

101

 

143

 

(96.0

)

(38.5

)

Europe

 

74

 

128

 

147

 

42.2

 

49.7

 

New Zealand

 

8

 

8

 

12

 

 

33.3

 

United States

 

4

 

15

 

4

 

73.3

 

 

Asia

 

(3

)

2

 

(1

)

large

 

large

 

Total charge to provide for doubtful debts before significant items

 

281

 

254

 

305

 

(10.6

)

7.9

 

Significant charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revision of accounting estimate

 

 

292

 

 

large

 

 

Total charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

281

 

546

 

305

 

48.5

 

7.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total charge for doubtful debts
by Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

130

 

97

 

104

 

(34.0

)

(25.0

)

UK Banking

 

91

 

124

 

100

 

26.6

 

9.0

 

New Zealand Banking

 

12

 

8

 

13

 

(50.0

)

7.7

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

48

 

25

 

88

 

(92.0

)

45.5

 

Total charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

281

 

254

 

305

 

(10.6

)

7.9

 

 

Movement in provisions for doubtful debts

 

 

 

Half Year to Mar 05

 

Half Year to Sep 04

 

 

 

Specific

 

General

 

Total

 

Specific

 

General

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Opening balance

 

412

 

2,116

 

2,528

 

480

 

1,783

 

2,263

 

Transfer to/(from) specific/general provision

 

238

 

(238

)

 

256

 

(256

)

 

Bad debts recovered

 

88

 

 

88

 

99

 

 

99

 

Bad debts written off

 

(299

)

 

(299

)

(434

)

 

(434

)

Charge to profit and loss - ordinary

 

 

281

 

281

 

 

254

 

254

 

Charge to profit and loss - significant

 

 

 

 

 

292

 

292

 

Provision of controlled entities sold

 

(21

)

(92

)

(113

)

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation and other adjustments

 

(28

)

(33

)

(61

)

11

 

43

 

54

 

Total provisions for doubtful debts

 

390

 

2,034

 

2,424

 

412

 

2,116

 

2,528

 

 

85



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 13:  Asset Quality

 

13. ASSET QUALITY

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Summary of impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans (1)

 

1,115

 

1,230

 

1,434

 

(9.3

)

(22.2

)

Gross restructured loans

 

1

 

41

 

 

large

 

large

 

Gross assets acquired through security enforcement

 

2

 

5

 

 

large

 

large

 

Gross impaired assets (1)

 

1,118

 

1,276

 

1,434

 

(12.4

)

(22.0

)

Less: Specific provisions - non-accrual loans

 

(353

)

(375

)

(441

)

(5.9

)

(20.0

)

Net impaired assets (1)

 

765

 

901

 

993

 

(15.1

)

(23.0

)

 

 

 

As at 31 Mar 05

 

As at 30 Sep 04

 

As at 31 Mar 04

 

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Total impaired assets by region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

757

 

525

 

700

 

536

 

770

 

559

 

Europe (1)

 

172

 

103

 

333

 

174

 

347

 

199

 

New Zealand

 

89

 

67

 

87

 

68

 

37

 

17

 

United States

 

98

 

69

 

155

 

123

 

277

 

218

 

Asia

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

 

3

 

 

Total impaired assets (1)

 

1,118

 

765

 

1,276

 

901

 

1,434

 

993

 

 


(1)            Includes gross non-accrual loans relating to the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005, of $80 million and $84 million (net: $67 million and $69 million) at 31 March 2004 and 30 September 2004 respectively.

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Movement in gross impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 30 September 2003

 

912

 

375

 

202

 

145

 

1

 

1,635

 

New

 

158

 

149

 

25

 

160

 

2

 

494

 

Written off

 

(189

)

(34

)

(1

)

 

 

(224

)

Returned to performing or repaid

 

(111

)

(135

)

(190

)

(9

)

 

(445

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(8

)

1

 

(19

)

 

(26

)

Balance at 31 March 2004

 

770

 

347

 

37

 

277

 

3

 

1,434

 

New

 

173

 

118

 

62

 

90

 

 

443

 

Written off

 

(188

)

(52

)

(14

)

 

 

(254

)

Returned to performing or repaid

 

(55

)

(96

)

(5

)

(224

)

(3

)

(383

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

16

 

7

 

12

 

1

 

36

 

Balance at 30 September 2004

 

700

 

333

 

87

 

155

 

1

 

1,276

 

New

 

283

 

44

 

25

 

2

 

1

 

355

 

Written off

 

(63

)

(52

)

(2

)

(1

)

 

(118

)

Returned to performing or repaid

 

(163

)

(60

)

(19

)

(47

)

 

(289

)

Impaired assets of controlled entities sold (2)

 

 

(84

)

 

 

 

(84

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(9

)

(2

)

(11

)

 

(22

)

Gross impaired assets at 31 March 2005

 

757

 

172

 

89

 

98

 

2

 

1,118

 

 


(2)            Impaired assets of the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005.

 

86



 

 

 

As at

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans & acceptances - by region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

0.42

 

0.43

 

0.48

 

Europe

 

0.32

 

0.50

 

0.58

 

New Zealand

 

0.27

 

0.27

 

0.13

 

United States

 

3.48

 

4.32

 

10.32

 

Asia

 

0.07

 

0.03

 

0.10

 

Total gross non-accrual loans to gross loans & acceptances

 

0.41

 

0.46

 

0.57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group provisioning coverage ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net impaired assets to total equity (1)

 

2.7

 

3.5

 

4.1

 

Net impaired assets to total equity plus general provision (1)

 

2.6

 

3.2

 

3.8

 

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

34.9

 

32.3

 

33.5

 

General and specific provisions to gross impaired assets

 

216.8

 

198.1

 

157.8

 

General provision to risk-weighted assets

 

0.73

 

0.74

 

0.64

 

 


(1)            Total parent entity interest in equity.

 

The amounts below are not classified as impaired assets and therefore are not included in the summary on the previous page.

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Accruing loans 90 days past - by region (2) (3) (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

734

 

796

 

547

 

(7.8

)

34.2

 

Europe (3)

 

124

 

68

 

59

 

82.4

 

large

 

New Zealand

 

22

 

26

 

20

 

(15.4

)

10.0

 

Asia

 

4

 

2

 

2

 

large

 

large

 

Total 90 day past due loans (2) (3) (4)

 

884

 

892

 

628

 

(0.9

)

40.8

 

 


(2)            During the September 2004 half year the Group revised its data collection procedures for establishing its 90 day past due exposures. This process now includes loans that are identified by the internal categories ‘watch’ or ‘substandard’ and are in arrears 90 days or more.

 

(3)            Includes 90 days past due loans relating to the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005, of $2 million and $3 million at 31 March 2004 and 30 September 2004 respectively.

 

(4)            Accruing loans 90 days past due includes gross portfolio-managed facilities past due 90 to 180 days.

 

87



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 14: Income Tax Reconciliation

 

14. INCOME TAX RECONCILIATION

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,903

 

1,302

 

1,967

 

Overseas

 

1,543

 

511

 

961

 

Add/deduct: (Profit)/loss from ordinary activities before income tax expense attributable to the life insurance statutory funds and their controlled trusts

 

(544

)

(550

)

(445

)

Total profit from ordinary activities excluding that attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business, before income tax expense

 

2,902

 

1,263

 

2,483

 

Prima facie income tax at 30%

 

871

 

379

 

745

 

Add/(deduct) tax effect of permanent differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assessable foreign income

 

3

 

13

 

13

 

Non-allowable depreciation on buildings

 

3

 

3

 

4

 

Rebate of tax on dividends, interest etc

 

(16

)

(15

)

(28

)

Foreign tax rate differences

 

11

 

 

1

 

Amortisation of goodwill

 

15

 

15

 

16

 

Future income tax benefits not recognised

 

35

 

7

 

 

Under/(over) provision in prior year

 

3

 

(6

)

(3

)

Interest expense on exchangeable capital units

 

16

 

17

 

16

 

Non-assessable branch income

 

(17

)

(17

)

(19

)

Profit on sale of strategic shareholdings

 

 

 

(95

)

Reversal of HomeSide non-lending loss provision

 

 

 

(19

)

Write-down of impaired application software

 

 

22

 

 

Effect of reset tax values on entering tax consolidation - Wealth Management (1)

 

 

 

(150

)

Profit on sale of Irish Banks

 

(332

)

 

 

Other

 

(27

)

(15

)

5

 

Total income tax expense on profit from ordinary activities excluding that attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business

 

565

 

403

 

486

 

Income tax expense/(benefit) attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business

 

192

 

88

 

213

 

Total income tax expense

 

757

 

491

 

699

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate excluding statutory funds attributable to the life insurance business

 

19.5

%

31.9

%

19.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

409

 

405

 

453

 

UK Banking

 

117

 

111

 

150

 

New Zealand Banking

 

79

 

82

 

79

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

45

 

14

 

85

 

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

(2

)

7

 

(24

)

Total Banking

 

648

 

619

 

743

 

Wealth Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income & IORE

 

192

 

88

 

213

 

Other

 

37

 

(14

)

(8

)

Revaluation profit/(loss) - ordinary

 

3

 

(12

)

9

 

Revaluation profit/(loss) - tax consolidations (1)

 

 

 

(150

)

Total income tax expense before significant items

 

880

 

681

 

807

 

Significant items

 

(123

)

(190

)

(108

)

Total income tax expense

 

757

 

491

 

699

 

 


(1)            Income tax benefit that arose due to the National’s election to consolidate for Australian income tax purposes.

 

88



 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Wealth Management operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items before income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

549

 

522

 

415

 

Overseas

 

63

 

17

 

38

 

Add/deduct: (Profit)/loss from ordinary activities before income tax expense attributable to the life insurance statutory funds and their controlled trusts

 

(544

)

(550

)

(445

)

Total profit from ordinary activities excluding that attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business, before income tax expense

 

68

 

(11

)

8

 

Prima facie income tax at 30%

 

20

 

(3

)

2

 

Add/(deduct) tax effect of permanent differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under/(over) provision in prior year

 

2

 

(5

)

(3

)

Other

 

15

 

(6

)

(7

)

Total income tax expense/(benefit) on operating profit excl. that attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business

 

37

 

(14

)

(8

)

Income tax attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business

 

192

 

88

 

213

 

Total income tax expense/(benefit) attributable to cash earnings before significant items

 

229

 

74

 

205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate excluding statutory funds attributable to the life insurance business

 

54.4

%

large

 

large

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items before income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,351

 

1,368

 

1,522

 

Overseas

 

781

 

801

 

980

 

Total cash earnings before income tax

 

2,132

 

2,169

 

2,502

 

Prima facie income tax at 30%

 

640

 

651

 

751

 

Add/(deduct) tax effect of permanent differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assessable foreign income

 

3

 

13

 

13

 

Non-allowable depreciation on buildings

 

3

 

3

 

4

 

Rebate of tax on dividends, interest etc

 

(16

)

(15

)

(28

)

Foreign tax rate differences

 

11

 

 

1

 

Distributions outside the Group

 

 

 

(5

)

Non-assessable branch income

 

(17

)

(17

)

(19

)

Future income tax benefits not recognised

 

26

 

 

 

Over provision in prior year

 

1

 

(1

)

 

Interest expense on exchangeable capital units

 

16

 

17

 

16

 

Other

 

(19

)

(32

)

10

 

Total income tax expense on cash earnings before significant items

 

648

 

619

 

743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

30.4

%

28.5

%

29.7

%

 

89



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 15: Significant Items

 

15. SIGNIFICANT ITEMS

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Disposal of Irish Banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

2,514

 

 

 

Cost of controlled entities sold

 

(1,456

)

 

 

Profit on sale of controlled entities

 

1,058

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

15

 

 

 

Net profit on sale of controlled entities (1)

 

1,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring expenses

 

(403

)

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

121

 

 

 

Net restructuring expenses (1)

 

(282

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

34

 

 

(360

)

Income tax (expense)/benefit

 

(10

)

 

108

 

Net foreign currency options trading losses (1)

 

24

 

 

(252

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PfG Restructuring provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reversal of PfG restructuring provision

 

9

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

(3

)

 

 

Net reversal of PfG restructuring provision (1)

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposal of strategic shareholdings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of strategic shareholdings

 

 

 

993

 

Cost of sale of strategic shareholdings

 

 

 

(678

)

Net profit on sale of strategic shareholdings

 

 

 

315

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of foreign controlled entities sold - revision of accounting estimate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reversal of HomeSide non-lending loss provision

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write-down of impaired application software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Integrated Systems Implementation (ISI)

 

 

(200

)

 

Wealth Management Europe - Endeavour

 

 

(60

)

 

Other

 

 

(149

)

 

Write-down of impaired application software

 

 

(409

)

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

102

 

 

Net write-down of impaired application software

 

 

(307

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts - revision of accounting estimate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

(292

)

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

88

 

 

Net charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

(204

)

 

Significant items after tax

 

821

 

(511

)

127

 

 


(1)            Refer to page 27 for further discussion.

 

90



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 16: Exchange Rates

 

16. EXCHANGE RATES

 

Exchange rates

 

 

 

Statement of
Financial Performance
Average Half Year to

 

Statement of
Financial Position
Spot as at

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

British Pounds

 

0.4085

 

0.3928

 

0.4182

 

0.4114

 

0.3973

 

0.4138

 

Euros

 

0.5883

 

0.5869

 

0.6071

 

0.5974

 

0.5799

 

0.6200

 

United States Dollars

 

0.7667

 

0.7122

 

0.7409

 

0.7726

 

0.7149

 

0.7591

 

New Zealand Dollars

 

1.0831

 

1.1108

 

1.1400

 

1.0883

 

1.0682

 

1.1466

 

 

Impact on Statement of Financial Performance of exchange rate movements

 

 

 

Europe

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

March 2005 half to September 2004 half Favourable/(unfavourable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

(41

)

11

 

(6

)

(1

)

(37

)

Other operating income

 

(19

)

5

 

(3

)

(1

)

(18

)

Other operating expenses

 

38

 

(8

)

3

 

2

 

35

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

3

 

 

 

 

3

 

Income tax expense

 

(1

)

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

(20

)

6

 

(6

)

 

(20

)

 

 

 

Europe

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

March 2005 half to March 2004 half
Favourable/(unfavourable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

26

 

22

 

(3

)

 

45

 

Other operating income

 

11

 

11

 

(1

)

 

21

 

Other operating expenses

 

(25

)

(16

)

1

 

 

(40

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(2

)

 

 

 

(2

)

Income tax expense

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and outside equity interest

 

10

 

13

 

(3

)

 

20

 

 

91



 

Impact on Statement of Financial Position of exchange rate movements

 

 

 

Europe

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Since 30 September 2004
increase/(decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

(662

)

(264

)

 

(46

)

(972

)

Term lending

 

(746

)

(258

)

(188

)

(74

)

(1,266

)

Overdrafts

 

(449

)

(21

)

 

 

(470

)

Leasing

 

(266

)

 

 

(2

)

(268

)

Credit cards

 

(63

)

(19

)

 

 

(82

)

Other

 

(50

)

(3

)

 

(7

)

(60

)

Gross loans and advances

 

(2,236

)

(565

)

(188

)

(129

)

(3,118

)

Other assets

 

(1,828

)

(51

)

(500

)

(240

)

(2,619

)

Total assets

 

(4,064

)

(616

)

(688

)

(369

)

(5,737

)

Deposits and other borrowings

 

(2,110

)

(473

)

(843

)

(274

)

(3,700

)

 

 

 

Europe

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Since 31 March 2004
increase/(decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

151

 

656

 

 

(10

)

797

 

Term lending

 

198

 

682

 

(47

)

74

 

907

 

Overdrafts

 

75

 

60

 

 

 

135

 

Leasing

 

49

 

1

 

 

 

50

 

Credit cards

 

13

 

51

 

 

 

64

 

Other

 

5

 

133

 

 

22

 

160

 

Gross loans and advances

 

491

 

1,583

 

(47

)

86

 

2,113

 

Other assets

 

348

 

315

 

(128

)

(69

)

466

 

Total assets

 

839

 

1,898

 

(175

)

17

 

2,579

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

439

 

1,231

 

(251

)

(62

)

1,357

 

 

92



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 17: Capital Adequacy

 

17. CAPITAL ADEQUACY

 

Regulatory capital position

 

Under guidelines issued by APRA, life insurance and funds management activities are excluded from the calculation of risk-weighted assets, and the related controlled entities are deconsolidated for the purposes of calculating capital adequacy. The intangible component of the investment in these controlled entities (the difference between the appraisal value and the embedded value) is deducted from Tier 1 capital, and the embedded value is deducted from the total of eligible Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Additionally, any profits from these activities included in the Group’s results are excluded from the determination of Tier 1 capital to the extent that they have not been remitted to the Company in the form of dividends. A reconciliation of capital under the different bases is provided.

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation to shareholders funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

11,322

 

10,191

 

8,949

 

Reserves

 

802

 

1,194

 

784

 

Retained profits

 

15,770

 

14,515

 

14,619

 

Outside equity interest

 

4,107

 

3,866

 

3,558

 

Estimated reinvestment under dividend reinvestment plan

 

151

 

150

 

1,265

 

Less: Goodwill

 

(571

)

(632

)

(682

)

Estimated final dividend

 

(1,293

)

(1,287

)

(1,265

)

Intangible assets - Wealth Management

 

(2,448

)

(2,448

)

(2,448

)

Asset revaluation reserve

 

(17

)

(86

)

(16

)

Deconsolidation of Wealth Management profits (net of dividends)

 

(305

)

(349

)

(535

)

FITB (excluding FITB on the general provision for doubtful debts) (1)

 

(55

)

 

 

Non - qualifying outside equity interest

 

(4,107

)

(3,866

)

(3,558

)

Capitalised expenses

 

(200

)

(200

)

 

Tier 1 capital

 

23,156

 

21,048

 

20,671

 

Asset revaluation reserve

 

17

 

86

 

16

 

General provision for doubtful debts

 

1,415

 

1,480

 

1,254

 

Perpetual floating rate notes

 

324

 

350

 

329

 

Dated subordinated debts

 

8,475

 

9,044

 

5,268

 

Exchangeable capital units

 

1,262

 

1,262

 

1,262

 

Notional revaluation of investment securities to market

 

 

(3

)

4

 

Tier 2 capital

 

11,493

 

12,219

 

8,133

 

Other deductions (2)

 

(2,922

)

(2,922

)

(2,922

)

Total regulatory capital

 

31,727

 

30,345

 

25,882

 

Risk-weighted assets - credit risk

 

266,854

 

273,189

 

256,489

 

Risk-weighted assets - market risk (3)

 

12,294

 

13,616

 

21,750

 

Total risk-weighted assets (3)

 

279,148

 

286,805

 

278,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk adjusted capital ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

8.30

%

7.34

%

7.43

%

Tier 2

 

4.12

%

4.26

%

2.92

%

Deductions

 

(1.05

)%

(1.02

)%

(1.05

)%

Total capital

 

11.37

%

10.58

%

9.30

%

 


(1)            APRA requires any excess FITB (excluding FITB impact on the general provision for doubtful debts) over the provision for deferred income tax liabilities be deducted from Tier 1 capital.

(2)            Represents $2,922 million investment in non-consolidated controlled entities, net of intangible component deducted from Tier 1 capital (Sep 04: $2,922 million, Mar 04: $2,922 million).

(3)            From 31 March 2004, risk-weighted assets - market risk is calculated based on the Standard Method.

 

93



 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Adjusted common equity ratio reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

 

23,156

 

21,048

 

20,671

 

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Income Securities

 

(1,945

)

(1,945

)

(1,945

)

Trust Preferred Securities

 

(975

)

(975

)

(975

)

Trust Preferred Securities II

 

(1,014

)

 

 

Other deductions

 

(2,922

)

(2,922

)

(2,922

)

Adjusted common equity

 

16,300

 

15,206

 

14,829

 

Total risk-weighted assets

 

279,148

 

286,805

 

278,239

 

Adjusted common equity ratio

 

5.84

%

5.30

%

5.33

%

 

Wealth Management capital adequacy position

 

The National conservatively manages the capital adequacy and solvency position of its Wealth Management entities separately from that of the banking business by reference to regulatory and internal requirements. The majority of the National’s Wealth Management entities are separately regulated and need to meet APRA’s capital adequacy and solvency standards. In addition, internal Board policy ensures that capital is held in excess of minimum regulatory capital requirements in order to provide a conservative buffer. There are two entities within the Wealth Management group with credit ratings, MLC Lifetime Company Limited and MLC Ltd, both of which have the same Standard and Poor’s long-term credit rating as the National (AA-).

 

The National also seeks to efficiently manage the capital base of the Wealth Management group and targets conservative levels of financial leverage to enhance shareholder value. The National targets an overall gearing ratio (debt to debt plus equity) for the Wealth Management group of 20% to 25%, which is consistent with a AA- credit rating. Equity for the purposes of this calculation represents the value of the National’s investment in Wealth Management plus subordinated hybrid instruments qualifying for equity credit for rating agency purposes (up to a maximum of 15% of total equity). Currently there are no such instruments on issue. As at 31 March 2005, the Wealth Management gearing ratio was 17% (30 September 2004: 16%) and interest cover was 10.8 times (30 September 2004:  8.5 times).

 

The total deduction from the Group’s capital position in respect of Wealth Management entities at 31 March 2005 was $5,675 million (30 September 2004: $5,719 million; 31 March 2004: $5,905 million). The reconciliation between the market value of NAFiM subsidiaries and Wealth Management capital deduction is outlined below.

 

94



 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 05

 

30 Sep 04

 

31 Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation of market value of NAFiM subsidiaries
to Wealth Management deduction from capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAFiM subsidiaries market value

 

6,590

 

6,509

 

6,662

 

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net liabilities of NAFiM not in the mark to market valuation environment

 

(236

)

(96

)

(77

)

Net assets of other Wealth Management entities not in the NAFiM group

 

42

 

48

 

41

 

Debt from the National used to fund acquisition of existing Europe and NZ businesses on 1 January 2002

 

(472

)

(489

)

(467

)

Market value uplift in NAFiM upon introduction of AASB 1038 in the year to September 2000

 

(217

)

(217

)

(217

)

Cumulative tax on revaluation profit and other adjustments

 

(32

)

(36

)

(37

)

Total Wealth Management deduction from capital

 

5,675

 

5,719

 

5,905

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Represented by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management deductions from tier 1 capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

2,448

 

2,448

 

2,448

 

Deconsolidation of Wealth Management profits (net of dividends)

 

305

 

349

 

535

 

Wealth Management deductions from total capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in non-consolidated controlled entities (net of intangible component deducted from Tier 1)

 

2,922

 

2,922

 

2,922

 

Total Wealth Management deduction from capital

 

5,675

 

5,719

 

5,905

 

 

For the purposes of determining the market valuation of NAFiM subsidiaries of $6,590 million, internal debt from the National of $472 million is eliminated. This debt relates to an internal restructure undertaken by the National in 2002.

 

On 1 January 2002, the life and insurance businesses of Bank of New Zealand and National Australia Group Europe were sold to NAFiM subsidiaries as part of an internal restructure for a total consideration of $677 million, representing the market value at that time. Wealth Management funded the consideration for these entities with debt from the National. Of the total debt outstanding, $472 million is included within the balance sheet of NAFiM subsidiaries in New Zealand and Europe. Using exchange rates as at the date of the transaction, this debt amounts to $494 million and corresponds to the gain on sale arising within the banking entities concerned. The balance of the transaction debt is included within NAFiM’s own balance sheet and is outside of the mark to market valuation environment.

 

The capital position of the National’s banking and Wealth Management entities are separately regulated and assessed. In accordance with this approach, the profit on sale of $494 million arising in the banking entities concerned is recorded as Tier 1 capital of the National.

 

95



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 18: Reconciliation of Number of Shares

 

18. RECONCILIATION OF NUMBER OF SHARES

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 05
No. ’000

 

Sep 04
No. ’000

 

Mar 04
No. ’000

 

Ordinary shares, fully paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

1,550,784

 

1,506,493

 

1,503,956

 

Shares issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

3,683

 

18,083

 

3,123

 

Bonus share plan

 

2,624

 

1,484

 

1,880

 

Underwriting of dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

22,959

 

 

Staff share ownership plan

 

608

 

425

 

378

 

Staff share allocation plan

 

 

 

1,620

 

Executive option plan no. 2

 

596

 

1,293

 

932

 

Exchangeable capital units converted

 

2

 

 

7

 

Paying up of partly paid shares

 

27

 

47

 

69

 

Shares bought back

 

 

 

(5,472

)

 

 

1.558,324

 

1,550,784

 

1,506,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, partly paid to 25 cents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

563

 

610

 

679

 

Paying up of partly paid shares

 

(27

)

(47

)

(69

)

 

 

536

 

563

 

610

 

Total number of ordinary shares on issue at end of period

 

1,558,860

 

1,551,347

 

1,507,103

 

 

96



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 19: Cash Earnings per Share

 

19. CASH EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Earnings ($m)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items (2)

 

1,618

 

1,618

 

1,611

 

1,611

 

Potential dilutive adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense on exchangeable capital units

 

 

53

 

 

57

 

Adjusted cash earnings before significant items

 

1,618

 

1,671

 

1,611

 

1,668

 

Weighted average ordinary shares (no. ‘000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares

 

1,555,388

 

1,555,388

 

1,525,397

 

1,525,397

 

Potential dilutive ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

927

 

 

892

 

Partly paid ordinary shares

 

 

367

 

 

375

 

Exchangeable capital units

 

 

65,452

 

 

65,460

 

Total weighted average ordinary shares

 

1,555,388

 

1,622,134

 

1,525,397

 

1,592,124

 

Cash earnings before significant items per share (cents)

 

104.0

 

103.0

 

105.6

 

104.8

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Earnings ($m)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items (2)

 

1,618

 

1,618

 

1,850

 

1,850

 

Potential dilutive adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense on exchangeable capital units

 

 

53

 

 

55

 

Adjusted cash earnings before significant items

 

1,618

 

1,671

 

1,850

 

1,905

 

Weighted average ordinary shares (no. ‘000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares

 

1,555,388

 

1,555,388

 

1,504,975

 

1,504,975

 

Potential dilutive ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

927

 

 

3,930

 

Partly paid ordinary shares

 

 

367

 

 

428

 

Exchangeable capital units

 

 

65,452

 

 

65,456

 

Total weighted average ordinary shares

 

1,555,388

 

1,622,134

 

1,504,975

 

1,574,789

 

Cash earnings before significant items per share (cents)

 

104.0

 

103.0

 

122.9

 

121.0

 

 


(1)            The weighted average diluted number of ordinary shares includes the impact of options, performance rights, partly paid ordinary shares and potential conversion of exchangeable capital units.

(2)            Refer to page 4 for a reconciliation of cash earnings before significant items to Group net profit.

 

97



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 20: Geographic Performance Summary

 

20. GEOGRAPHIC PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

 

The following table sets out the Group’s results from a pure geographic split (ie. based on the region in which the entity that booked the transactions is located). These geographic results are different from the Divisional management reporting structure due to the separate reporting of Asia and the geographic breakdown of Institutional Markets & Services and Other.

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Cash earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

951

 

940

 

1,053

 

1.2

 

(9.7

)

Wealth Management Australia (ex Asia)

 

177

 

143

 

159

 

23.8

 

11.3

 

Institutional Markets & Services Australia

 

113

 

98

 

167

 

15.3

 

(32.3

)

Other (Group Funding & Corporate Centre) Australia

 

(162

)

(116

)

(180

)

(39.7

)

10.0

 

Total Australia Region

 

1,079

 

1,065

 

1,199

 

1.3

 

(10.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe (UK & Ireland)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Banking

 

266

 

284

 

310

 

(6.3

)

(14.2

)

Wealth Management UK

 

31

 

3

 

14

 

large

 

large

 

Institutional Markets & Services UK

 

104

 

32

 

80

 

large

 

30.0

 

Other (Group Funding & Corporate Centre) UK

 

20

 

8

 

(10

)

large

 

large

 

Total Europe Region

 

421

 

327

 

394

 

28.7

 

6.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand Banking

 

159

 

137

 

159

 

16.1

 

 

Wealth Management New Zealand

 

4

 

6

 

5

 

(33.3

)

(20.0

)

Institutional Markets & Services New Zealand

 

59

 

75

 

59

 

(21.3

)

 

Other (Group Funding & Corporate Centre) New Zealand

 

1

 

(4

)

(5

)

large

 

large

 

Total New Zealand Region

 

223

 

214

 

218

 

4.2

 

2.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional Markets & Services US

 

21

 

5

 

17

 

large

 

23.5

 

Other (Group Funding & Corporate Centre) US

 

41

 

62

 

77

 

(33.9

)

(46.8

)

Total United States Region

 

62

 

67

 

94

 

(7.5

)

(34.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management Asia

 

17

 

6

 

12

 

large

 

41.7

 

Institutional Markets & Services Asia

 

11

 

7

 

18

 

57.1

 

(38.9

)

Other (Group Funding & Corporate Centre) Asia

 

(100

)

18

 

9

 

large

 

large

 

Total Asia Region

 

(72

)

31

 

39

 

large

 

large

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items and distributions

 

1,713

 

1,704

 

1,944

 

0.5

 

(11.9

)

 

Refer to the Divisional Performance Summary on page 4 for a reconciliation of cash earnings before significant items and distributions to net profit.

 

98



 

Detailed Financial Information - Note 21: Risk Management

 

21. RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Market risk

The management of market risk has been be discussed in detail in the Group’s annual financial report 2004, at Risk Management and Note 45 Derivative Financial Instruments.  Please refer to that report for detailed information regarding the management of risk.

 

Trading risk

The following table shows the Group’s Value at Risk (VaR) for the Group’s trading portfolios, including both physical and derivative positions.  The figures reflect the potential losses across products and regions in which the Group operates.

 

 

 

Average value
Half Year to

 

Minimum value
Half Year to
(1)

 

Maximum value
Half Year to
(1)

 

 

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Value at risk at 99% confidence level

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

3

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

7

 

10

 

Interest rate risk

 

14

 

10

 

9

 

7

 

18

 

14

 

Volatility risk

 

1

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

4

 

Commodities risk

 

 

1

 

0

 

0

 

1

 

1

 

Diversification benefit

 

(3

)

(2

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Total

 

15

 

13

 

11

 

9

 

20

 

18

 

 


(1)            Value at risk is measured individually according to foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, volatility risk and commodities risk. The individual risk categories do not sum up to the total risk number due to portfolio effect. Risk limits are applied in these categories separately, and against the total risk position.

 

VaR is a statistically based loss estimate. The VaR produced in this report is calculated by revaluing trading portfolios using 517 one day holding period scenarios (reflecting 2 years of recent market history). The results from these scenarios are ranked to identify the 99th percentile loss.

 

Balance sheet risk

a) Structural interest rate risk

Refer to the Group’s annual financial report 2004 at Risk Management for a detailed discussion of the management of these risks.

 

b) Structural foreign exchange rate risk

Refer to the Group’s annual financial report 2004 at Risk Management for a detailed discussion of the management of these risks.

 

Liquidity risk

Refer to the Group’s annual financial report 2004 at Risk Management for a detailed discussion of the management of these risks.

 

Operational, credit & country risk

Refer to the Group’s annual financial report 2004 at Risk Management for a detailed discussion of the management of these risks.

 

99



 

Derivatives fair values

This table shows the fair value of all derivative instruments held or issued by the Group.  It includes trading and other than trading contracts.

 

 

 

As at 31 Mar 05

 

As at 30 Sep 04

 

 

 

Notional
principal

 

Credit
equivalent

 

Fair
value

 

Notional
principal

 

Credit
equivalent

 

Fair
value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Foreign exchange rate-related contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

 

372,855

 

7,620

 

(1,162

)

299,331

 

6,796

 

(509

)

Cross currency swaps

 

137,078

 

9,327

 

644

 

117,173

 

8,252

 

284

 

Futures

 

134

 

 

2

 

156

 

 

 

Options

 

73,698

 

1,106

 

(120

)

348,056

 

2,711

 

(190

)

 

 

583,765

 

18,053

 

(636

)

764,716

 

17,759

 

(415

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate-related contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward rate agreements

 

93,861

 

22

 

11

 

117,048

 

37

 

(5

)

Swaps

 

790,250

 

10,097

 

246

 

706,667

 

10,846

 

110

 

Futures

 

290,681

 

 

(4

)

217,995

 

 

14

 

Options

 

61,586

 

340

 

47

 

81,857

 

404

 

72

 

 

 

1,236,378

 

10,459

 

300

 

1,123,567

 

11,287

 

191

 

Other contracts

 

22,896

 

2,088

 

25

 

18,398

 

1,713

 

24

 

Total derivative financial instruments

 

1,843,039

 

30,600

 

(311

)

1,906,681

 

30,759

 

(200

)

Deduct : Non consolidated controlled entities

 

3,758

 

35

 

(18

)

3,519

 

78

 

43

 

Total derivative financial instruments reported for capital adequacy

 

1,839,281

 

30,565

 

(293

)

1,903,162

 

30,681

 

(243

)

 

100



 

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

 

Cash earnings

 

Cash earnings is defined as follows:

 

Net profit

Less:

Outside equity interest

Distributions

Revaluation profit/(loss) after tax

Add:

Goodwill amortisation

Cash earnings

 

Cash earnings is a key performance measure and financial target used by the Group. Dividends paid by the Company are based on after-tax cash earnings (adjusted for significant items).

 

Cash earnings is a key performance measure used by the investment community, as well as by those Australian peers of the Group with a similar business portfolio.

 

Cash earnings does not refer to, or in any way purport to represent the cash flows, funding or liquidity position of the Group. It does not refer to any amount represented on a Cash Flow Statement.

 

Adjustments are made between net profit and cash earnings as follows:

 

                  Outside equity interest - this reflects the allocation of profit to minority interests in the Group, and is adjusted from net profit to reflect the amount of net profit that is attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

                  Distributions – this reflects payments to holders of National Income Securities, Trust units and Trust Preferred Securities, and is adjusted from net profit to reflect the amount of net profit that is attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

                  Revaluation profit/(loss) – relates to the movement in net market value (including the value of intangible assets) of investments in life insurance controlled entities recorded on the balance sheet in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. As it relates to an intangible asset, management believes it is prudent to isolate this amount from the underlying operating result. It is separately identified and discussed in detail. Management further wish to separate this, as the method for accounting for the value of life insurance controlled entities is not comparable on an international basis.

 

                  Goodwill amortisation - relates to the straight-line method of amortising goodwill (an intangible asset recorded on the balance sheet) in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. Financial statement users generally do not regard goodwill amortisation expense as being useful information in analysing investments. As it relates to an intangible asset, management believes it is prudent to isolate this amount from the underlying operating result.

 

Cash earnings before significant items (and net profit before significant items)

 

Under Australian Accounting Standard AASB 1018(5.4) “when a revenue or an expense from ordinary activities is of such a size, nature or incidence that its disclosure is relevant in explaining the financial performance of the entity for the reporting period and its disclosure is not otherwise required by this or another Standard, its nature and amount must be disclosed separately either on the face of the statement of financial performance or in the notes in the financial report”.

 

The Group has identified such items as ‘significant items’ on its Performance Summaries.

 

Management believe that the inclusion of these items distorts the underlying operating results of the Group and cause difficulty in identifying underlying performance trends and issues. Through the clear separation and identification of these items the Group ensures that they are identified and discussed in full, as well as ensuring that the underlying performance is highlighted and discussed in full.

 

101



 

Cost to income ratio

 

The cost to income ratio for the Banking divisions is calculated as total costs (defined in table below) divided by total income (defined in table below):

 

Total expenses

Less:

Interest expense

Life insurance expenses

Goodwill amortisation

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

Significant expenses

Total costs for purposes of cost to income ratio

 

Total revenue

Less:

Interest expense

Life insurance income

Significant revenue

Total income for purposes of cost to income ratio

 

The cost to income ratio calculated on this basis is a standard efficiency measure used widely across the Australian banking industry. In the above income calculation, National’s does not include net life insurance income and the pre-tax equivalent gross up of certain structured finance transactions.

 

102



 

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

 

Asset Quality

23&86

Australia Results

32

Australian Banking

32

Average Balance Sheet & Related Interest

69

Capital

29&93

Cash Earnings Per Share

97

Cost to Income Ratio

7

Deposits & Other Borrowings

77

Detailed Financial Information

58

Diluted Cash Earnings Per Share

97

Divisional Performance Summary

4

Doubtful Debts

85

Exchange Rates

91

Full Time Equivalent Employees

84

Geographic Performance Summary

98

Group Key Performance Measures

7

Group Performance Summary

5

Income Tax Expense

25&88

Institutional Markets & Services

53

International Financial Reporting Standards (Transition to Australian Equivalents of)

12

Investment Earnings on Shareholders Retained Profits & Capital of Life Businesses

41

Irish Banks Reconciliation

63 

Loans & Advances

74

Net Interest Income

18&66

Net Interest Margins & Spreads

67

Net Life Insurance Income

79

Net Operating Income

18

New Zealand Results

50

Non-GAAP financial measures

101

Operating Expenses

82

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

56

Other Operating Income

80

Overview

9

Performance Summary by Division

59

Performance Summary for Total Banking

62

Profitability

18

Reconciliation of Number of Shares

96

Reporting Format

2

Return on Assets

7

Return on Equity

7

Revenue

80

Risk Management

99

Risk-weighted Assets

93

Significant Items

27&90

Summary of Financial Position

6

UK Results

44

Wealth Management Australia

36

 

103



 

 


www.nabgroup.com

©2005 National Australia Bank Limited ABN 12 004 044 937
25173 (5/05)

 

 



 

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

 

 

 

 

NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Garry F Nolan

 

Date:  11 May 2005

 

Title:

Company Secretary